Construction of Boys Hostel for SPA Bhopal

1
TENDER CONSTRUCTION OF BOYS HOSTEL FOR SCHOOL OF PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE (SPA) IN VILLAGE BHOURI AT BHOPAL.
VOLUME-II
(NIT NO-NBCC/SBG (PW)/SPA (Bhopal)/17) (NIT, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION, BOQ & TENDER DRAWINGS)
SBG (PW), NBCC Ltd., NBCC Place, Pragati Vihar, New Delhi-110003 TEL. 011-46990042, E-MAIL- akguptanbcc@gmail.com
Seal & Signature of Contractor
Seal & Signature of NBCC
(NIT NO-NBCC/SBG (PW)/SPA (Bhopal)/17)

ISSUED TO : M/s ...

. ...
Seal & Signature of Contractor 2 Seal & Signature of NBCC
NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED (A GOVT. OF INDIA ENTERPRISE)
INDEX
SECTIO N
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12
DESCRIPTION
NIT MEMORANDUM PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS CIVIL ELECTRICAL LIFT LIST OF APPROVED MAKES QUOTING SHEET ABSTRACT OF COST BOQ CIVIL WORK/PHE/HORT. BOQ ELECTRICAL/STREET LIGHT/LIFT/FIRE/SOLAR DRAWINGS
PAGE NO.
5 6 8 9 89 205 237 260 261 262-301 302-341

AVAILABLE AT OFFICE
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
National Buildings Construction Corporation Limited (A Govt. of India Enterprise)

( SBG (PW)
NBCC Place, Bhisham Pitamah Marg, Pragati Vihar New Delhi
Date:- 12.01.2012
NIT NO-NBCC/SBG (PW)/SPA (Bhopal)/17

Sealed tenders on percentage rate basis are invited from the Construction contractors/ firms pre-qualified by Corporate Office, NBCC in Civil works category, (C-1) and Specialized Projects Category in appropriate groups i.e. R10-25 Crore and above for Construction and Development work for SPA at Bhopal. S.No Description Estimated Cost/ (R in lacs) EMD/ (R in lacs) 1
Construction of Boys Hostel Block at School of Planning and Architecture (SPA) in Village Bhouri at Bhopal. R1444.00
Sale of Tender up to 5:00 PM
Time & date of submission of tender
Time & date of opening of tenders
Time & date of Pre Bid Meeting at above mentioned address 11.30 AM on 30.01.12
27.01.12
R 28.88
Up to 3:00 PM on 02.02.12
3:30 PM on 02.02.12
The completion period for this work is 15 months. Detailed tender documents can be purchased from the office of undersigned on any working day as per details given above on payment of R25000.00 (R Twenty five thousand only) towards cost of tender documents (non refundable) through Demand Draft in favour of NBCC Ltd., payable at New Delhi. The same will be received at above mentioned address on due date and time as mentioned in the table. NBCC reserves the right to accept or reject any or all the tender in part or full without assigning any reason whatsoever.
Sr. General Manager SBG (PW)
6
Annexure-A MEMORANDUM Sl. No.
i) Name of work
Description
Cl. No.
Values/Description to be applicable for relevant clause(s)

CONST. OF BOYS HOSTEL BLOCK FOR SCHOOL OF PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE (SPA) IN VILLAGE BHOURI AT BHOPAL. NIT NO-NBCC/SBG (PW)/SPA (Bhopal)/2011/17 SPA BHOPAL Percentage Rate
ii)
Client/Owner
iii) iv)
Type of Tender Earnest Money Deposit NIT
R 28.88 Lacs (Rupees Twenty Eighty Lacs Eighty Eight

Thousand Only)
v)
Estimated Cost
NIT
R 1444.00Lacs (Rupees One Thousands Four

Hundred and Forty Four Lacs Only) Total work to be completed in 15 (Fifteen Months) in accordance with the time schedule of completion of work in the tender documents.
vi)
Time for completion of work
NIT
vii) viii)
Mobilization Advance Interest Rate on Mobilization Advance Schedule of Rates applicable
8.0 8.0
___% (____Percent) of Contract Value.

N/A
Civil works : DSR-2007 Sanitary works : DSR-2007 Electrical works : SR-2007 90 (Ninety) Days 5.00% (Five Percent only) of contract value within 15 days after issue of Letter of Award. 5.00% (Five Percent only) of the contract amount, which shall be deducted in the manner set out in this contract. The date of start of contract shall be reckoned 10 days after the date of issue of telegram/letter/telex/FAX of Letter of Award of acceptance of tender.
ix)
69.0
x) xi)
Validity of Tender Performance Guarantee
4.0 9.0
xii)
Security Deposit/Retention Money
10.0
xiii)
Time allowed for starting the work
43.0
xiv)
Defect Liability Period
74.0
12(Twelve) Months from the date of taking over of works.
xv)
Recovery rate of work force supplied by NBCC to Contractor
28.5
R 12,500/- (Rupees Twelve Thousand Five

Hundred only) for each man per month.
7
4. Should this tender be accepted, I/we agree to abide by and fulfill all terms and conditions referred to above and as contained in tender documents elsewhere and in default thereof, to forfeit and pay NBCC, or its successors or its authorized nominees such sums of money as are stipulated in the notice inviting tenders and tender documents. I/we hereby pay the earnest money of amount as mentioned in the Memorandum to this Form of Tender in favour of NBCC Limited payable at place as mentioned in the NIT/ITT.
5.
6.
If I/we fail to commence the work within 10 days of the date of issue of Letter of Intent and/or I/we fail to sign the agreement as per Clause84 of General Conditions of Contract and/or I/we fail to submit performance guarantee as per Clause 09 of General Conditions of Contract, I/we agree that NBCC shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to cancel the Letter of Intent and to forfeit the said earnest money as specified above. I/we are also enclosing herewith the Acceptance letter on the prescribed pro-forma as referred to in condition of NIT.
7.
Dated the______________day of_______________ SIGNATURE OF TENDERER
NAME (CAPITAL LETTERS) :_______________________
ADDRESS
________________________________ ________________________________
SEAL OF TENDERER SIGNATURE OF WITNESS NAME (CAPITAL LETTERS):_______________________
OCCUPATION
_______________________
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS
10
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS
I.
CURTAIN WALL GLAZING
1.
Scope of work
1.1
Preliminary requirements i) The contractor shall design test, fabricate, deliver, install and guarantee all construction necessary to provide a complete curtain wall system for the proposed building, all in conformity with the drawing as shown. Specification and all relevant construction regulations including providing any measures that may be required to that end, notwithstanding any omissions or inadequacies of the drawings. The curtail wall system shall also include the following activities: a) Metal frames, glass glazing, spandrels, ventilators, finish hardware, copings metal closure, windows etc. All anchors attachments, reinforcement and steel reinforcing for the systems required for the complete installations. All thermal insulation associated with the system. All fire protection associated with the system. All copings and closure and metal cladding to complete the system.
ii)
iii)
b)
c) d) e)
11
f) All sealing and flushing including sealing at junctions with other trades to achieve complete water tightness in the system. Isolation of dissimilar metals and moving parts. Anticorrosive treatment on all metals used in the system. Polyester powder coating aluminum sections.
g) h)
i) iv)
The contractor shall also be responsible for providing the following: a) Engineering proposal, shop drawings, engineering data and structural calculations in connection with the design of the curtain wall system. Mock-ups, samples and test units. Performance testing of the curtain wall framing and glazing assembly. Co-ordination with the work of other trade. Insulation with glass wool 48 kg/cum at spandrels area. Protection All final exterior and interior cleaning and finishing of the curtain wall system. As built record drawings and photographs Guarantees and warranties.
b) c)
d) e) f) g)
h) i)
12
j) k) All hoisting, scaffolding, staging and temporary services. Conceptualizing and design of a suitable maintenance system for curtain glazing.
v)
The water tightness and structural stability of the whole curtain wall system are prime responsibility of the contractor. Any defect or leakage found within the guarantee period shall be sealed and made good all at the risk and cost of the contractor. The curtain wall system shall be designed to provide for expansion and construction of components which will be caused by an ambient temperature range without causing buckling, stress on glass, failure of joint sealants, undue stress on structural elements or other detrimental effects, specific details should be designed to accommodate thermal and building movements.
vi)
1.1.1 Quality consideration and other activities i) The contractor while submitting the detailed design calculations should submit the following information on the quality of materials to be used and other aspects as detailed below: a) b) Metal quality, finishes and thickness Glass quality, coating and thickness and proposed manufacturers brand names. Aluminum extracted sections including mullions and transoms together with structural calculations and proposed manufactures brand name and also the name of agency proposed for fabrications work. Arrangement and jointing of components. Field connections especially mullion to mullion and transom to mullion.
c)
d) e)
13
f) Fixing and anchorage system of typical wall unit together with structural calculations. Drainage system and provision in respect of water leakage in the curtain wall system. Provisions for thermal movements. Sealant and sealing methods. Glazing method Wind load and seismic load and any other specific load considered in the design.
g)
h) i) j) k)
ii)
Tolerances : Any Parts of the curtain wall, when completed, shall be within the following tolerances: a) Deviation from plumb, level or dimensioned angle must not exceed 3mm per 3.5m length of any member, or 6mm in any total run in any line. Deviation from theoretical position on plan or elevation, including deviation from plumb, level or dimensioned angle must not exceed 9mm total at any location. Change in deviation must not exceed 3mm for any 3.5m run in any direction.
b)
c)
1.1.1.1 1.12.1 1.1.2.1.
Execution of work Performance Testing General Requirements
i)
Mock-up units shall be constructed by the contractor and tested to determine the structure stability as well as air and water
14
infiltration or leakage at glazing beads and all other joints designed into the face of the building. ii) After the approval of structural calculations and the drawing for construction of the curtain wall one test unit for performance testing of the curtain wall shall be constructed by the contractor at an independent laboratory or at a laboratory approved by the client / Engineer-in-Charge / Architect. Erect mock-up under manufacturers / Fabricators direct supervision and employ workmen as they would be employed during the actual erection at the job site. The contractor shall submit to the client / Engineer-in-Charge / architect the test procedures to be adopted, test schedule and location for testing before the work of actual testing is taken up. Prior to the fabrication of test units, the contractor shall submit shop drawings and design calculations of the test unit for approval of the client / Engineer-in-Charge / Architect. The contractor shall not start the work of erection of curtain was on site till the approval for the successful completion of the mock up test and clear instruction in writing to start the work is received from the client / Engineer-in-charge / architect. The decision of the client / Engineer-in-Charge / architect in respect of the procedure to be adopted, in conducting the mock up test and the judgment over the net results, shall be final and binding n the contractor.
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
1.1.2.1.2
Test of wind pressure i) The equivalent load of wind pressure or wind suction shall be given to the test unit as increasing or decreasing the inside pressure in the pressure chamber at which the test unit is fixed. The static wind pressure shall be applied up to 1.5 kpa at maximum wind pressure.
ii)
15
iii)
The variation of dynamic pressure shall be of any approximate sine curve line. Deflection on each observational points of the test unit shall be observed and recorded under static pressure as described above. Any damage and harmful permanent deformation on any parts except seating materials shall not be found at maximum wind pressure. The deflection on the main structural parts in this condition shall not exceed: a) b) c) 1/175 of the span between supports or 20mm, whichever is less for vertical elements. 1/250 of the span between supports for horizontal elements. The extent of recovery of deformation, 15 minutes after the removal of the test load, is to be at least 95%.
iv)
v)
vi)
1.1.2.1.3
Test of Lateral Deflection per floor height
i)
Lateral deflection per floor height shall occur on the test unit, when the structural frame which fixes the test unit is deflected horizontally. The deflection of every + 2.5mm shall be increased up to + 13mm on the test unit (static deflection test). The dynamic deflection shall be applied up to + 13mm. The variation of dynamic deflection shall be of an approximate sine curve line, one period of 3 seconds.
ii)
iii) iv)
16
v)
The dimensions of the deflection on each observational point of the test unit shall be measured under the condition as described above and the damage shall be observed. Any dimensions and harmful permanent deformation shall not be found in any parts of the curtain wall except the damage to sea ant at maximum deflection.
vi)
1.1.2.1.3
Water-tightness Test i) ii) iii) iv) Water shall be sprinkled to the Test unit under wind pressure. Pressure shall not be applied to the test unit. The volume of the sprinkling water in one minute shall be 5 liters per sq.m minimum (0.1 gal./sq.ft). All water leakage and drainage system at the joint and the openable sash of the curtain wall system shall be observed from the outside of the chamber. Hold the test two times, in sequence as described below, conforming to the above mentioned conditions: Install the test unit. a) b) Hold first water tightness test. c) Hold test of wind pressure as described above. d) Hold second water tightness test. e) Lateral deflection test. Water leakage shall not be observed inside at all parts of the test unit during first water tightness test.
v)
vi)
1.2 1.2.1
Glazing Sheet Glass, Frosted Sheet Glass i) Sheet glass shall be flat, transparent and clear as judged by unaided eye. It may however passes slight tint when viewed edge wise. Sheet glass shall be of selected quality (SQ) or ordinary quality (OQ) as per IS : 2835. Glass shall be free from cracks. Unless otherwise specified ordinary quality sheet glass shall be used.
17
ii) Dimensions : Normal thickness and range of thickness of sheet glass shall be as per table below tolerance on our size (length and width) shall be + 2.0mm.
Normal Thickness (mm) 6.3
Range of Thickness (mm) 6.0 to 6.6
Weight (kg/sqm) 15.5
iii)
Glass panes shall be free from flaws, specks or bubbles. All panes shall have properly squared comes and straight edges. The glass panes shall be so cut that it fits slightly loose in the frames. Glazing shall be provided on the outside of the frames unless otherwise specified. Fixing of glass panes shall be done with aluminum beading. Fabricator shall drill appropriate holes for screws. Normally the beading are fixed with screws spaced not more than 10cm from each corner and intermediate not more than 20cm apart. When the glass panes are fixed with aluminum beading having mitred joints, epoxy resin or silicon sealant shall be applied between glass panes and sash bars and also between glass panes and the beading. All glass panes shall be fixed within the aluminum framing by use of C.P brass or stainless steel screws and the joints sealed with epoxy resin or silicon sealant to make the unit completely water proof. Glazing or caulking compound around the perimeter of glass shall not be permitted. Fixed glass panes shall be supported by setting blocks. There shall be no whistling or rating. For normal size glass panes glazing clips are not provided. Four glazing clips may be provided per glass pane for a size larger than 30cm X 60 cm for all types. Where the glass panes sizes exceed 80cm X 200cm 6 glazing clips shall be used. In case of doors, windows and ventilators without horizontal glazing bars, the glazing clips may be spaced according to the slots provided in the vertical
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
18
members only if the spacing does not exceed 30 cm otherwise minimum 30cm spacing or as specified shall be maintained. viii) The aluminium anodized extruded glazing beads or snap beading to be used should also be the product from the manufacturer of aluminium extruded sections used for fabricating the doors windows etc. no manufactured by local units shall be permitted to be used.
1.3
Aluminium panel i) Aluminium sheets for use as kick panels shall be 1.25mm thick aluminum alloy sheet conforming to IS : 737 1986. Aluminium alloy sheets for use in general paneling work shall be of types and thickness as specified and conforming to the requirements of IS : 737. aluminium sheets shall be of approved make manufactured by reputed manufacturers. Aluminium panel may be prefabricated units manufactured on modular or non-modular dimension. Fixing : The required size of panel keeping sufficient margin to be inserted inside the section shall be cut to correct size and fixed firmly in the frame with CP brass or aluminium screws. Joints sealed with epoxy resin or silicon sealant to make the unit water proof.
ii)
iii)
iv)
2.0
ITALIAN MARBLE WORK 2.1 Polished Italian Marble shall be hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture with crystalline texture as far as possible. It shall generally be uniform in colour and free from stains, cracks, decay and weathering.
19
2.2 Moisture absorption after 24 hrs immersion in cold water should be less than 0.4% by weight and its hardness on Mhos scale shall be more than 3. Before starting the work, the contractor shall get samples of marbles approved by the Engineer in-charge. Approved sampled shall be kept in the custody of the Engineer-in-Charge and the Italian Marble supplied and used on the work shall conform to samples with regard to soundness, colour, veining and general texture. Base concrete or the RCC slab on which the Italian Marble slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped. The bedding for the Italian Marble slabs shall be with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) as given in the description of the item. The mortar used for jointing shall be as specified the item. The average thickness of the bedding mortar under the slab shall be 20mm and the thickness at any place under the slab shall be not less than 12mm. All Italian marble stone shall be wetted before placing in position. These shall than be floated on mortar and bedded properly in position with wooden mallets without the use of chips or under pinning of any sort. When necessary jib crane or other mechanical appliances shall be used to hoist the heavy pieces of stones and place these in to correct positions, care being taken that the corners of the stone are not damaged. Stone shall be covered with gunny bags, before putting chain or rope is passed over it, and it shall be handled carefully. No piece which has been damaged shall be used in work. The matching or grains shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The work shall be suitably protected from damage during construction. The junction between wall plaster and floor shall be finished neatly and without waviness.
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
20
2.10 Measurements the Italian marble stone flooring with different kind of Italian marble shall be measured separately and in square meter correct to two laces of decimal. Length and breadth shall be measured correct o a cm before laying, skirting, dado or wall plaster.
3.0
GALAVANIZE CHICKEN WIRE MESH 3.1 The Galvanize Chicken Wire Mesh should be 24 gauge 12mm size openings with uniform galvanization and it should be fix at the junction of concrete and masonry over lapping minimum 75mm.
4.0
M S RAILING 4.1 The M S railing shall be as per drawing & design consisting of 62mm outer dia and 50mm N.B, M.S pipe weight not less than 4.20kg/mtr in top and 50X6mm M.S flat in bottom of grill frame. 12 mm size vertical bar placed @ 15 cm centre to centre property welded in frame of M.S pipes & M.S flat.
4.2
5.0
STAINLESS STEEL RAILING Stainless Steel Railing of grade 304 of approved size by welding etc. to steel ladder railing, balcony railing and staircase including finishing, polishing etc. complete.
6.0
ACRYLIC NAME PLATE 5.1 5.2 5.3 Opaque milky white sheet for acrylic nameplate should not be less than 5mm thick, properly cut in required size. Computerized design letters, numbers, should not be less than 25mm in size pasted with high class adhesive. Name plate should be fixed on wall or locations where required with brass screws.
7.0
CABINATES / BUILT IN FURNITURE
21
6.1
Ward robe should made 19mm thick ISI marked, water proof, pre-laminated, veneered commercial 1st class quality board in partitions shelves and shutters. Inner sides of walls 6mm 1st class ISI marked waterproof ply shall be used. All fittings, locks, knobs, channels, fly rails, hangers, hooks, handles etc. should be stainless steel as per BIS specifications. All hinges used must be of stainless steel & ISI marked.
6.2
6.3
6.4 8.
SPIDER AND PATCH GLAZING
Spider and patch glazing as per elevation drawing, including providing 12mm thick clear specified float glass, as per approved duly toughened on horizontal tempering furnace in Tam glass Plant. The patch fitting would be of stainless steel SS 304 Grade and of Ozone make. The fitting should comprise of top patch; Bottom Patch; Corner Lock, floor machine; Over and Side; Panel patch fin type; and D shape Pull Handle or 32mm dia and 600mm length. The contractor shall work out the exact quantities required based on fitting selected and the elevation applicable for each shop front location and no extra amount shall be payable on this amount. The perimeter of the shop front glazing shall be grouted in the Masonry / RCC / Stone as per respective location, by using a channel of 32mm x 35mm height x 1.6mm thick. The fixing cannel shall be done by drilling holes with an electrical drill, inserting as per direction & design by Engineer-in-Charge / Architect.
9.
ALUMINIUM COMPOSITE SHEET CLADDING
Aluminium Composite Sheet Cladding using 4mm thick sheet of approved make consisting of a core of 3mm natural
22
polyethylene core sandwiched between two skins (0.5mm each) of aluminium alloy with outer surface in all colour coating of PVDF paint in fully automatic coil coating process. The PVDF coated finished surface to be factory protected with selfadhesive peel off foil tested to withstand at least 6 months exposure to local weathering conditions. The composite sheet cut and bent to shaped profiles as required to, including perimeter extrusions base frame, extruded stiffeners, expansion fasteners & silicone sealant (Dow Corning 789) required for installation as per approved elevation drawing. Work includes necessary accessories complete in all respects as per direction & design by Engineer-in-Charge / Architect.
10.
INTEGRAL WATER PROOFING OF RCC WORKS.
SCOPE
Integral water proofing of all such parts of the structure that are most likely to come in contact with subsoil water, dampness etc. and pose danger of weakening the structure under attack of dampness and corrosion of the reinforcement. Parts of the structure like foundation rafts, strip footings, isolated column footings, foundations for shear and retaining wall etc.
The work of integral water proofing with crystalline water proofing material must be carried out as per the specifications and precautions stipulated in the product manual and under the specialized supervision of the authorized person of the manufacturer.
The work of integral water proofing must be carried out by the authorized applicator of crystalline water proofing, certified by the manufacturer.
23
The contractor shall receive guarantee for guanine water proofing compound of the manufacturer and guarantee of integral water proofing of the RCC elements from the manufacturer and its authorized agency as applicator for a period of minimum of 10 years and the contractors shall furnish a written guarantee for water proofing, on bond paper for minimum of 10 years and extend / pass on the guarantee so received from the manufacturer to the NBCC / EMPLOYER.
APPLICATION
Providing, laying and casting integral Crystalline Water Proofing material for horizontal surface. Mixing approved brand of crystalline water proofing material like Xypex 2000 NF / Penetron etc., with RMC during mixing, with mixing the water proofing material with water-2 parts of water proofing to 5 parts of water and adding to the ingredients of RMC during mixing 0.7 to 0.8 kg of crystalline water proofing to 1 cu.mt of RMC, Thoroughly mixing to workable consistency and pouring and casting in position within 20 minutes, Vibrating with mechanical vibrators and compaction etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
For all vertical surfaces of shear walls / retaining walls and all such areas and parts of walls where the percolation of water or dampness is due to subsoil absorption of water, the vertical surfaces of shear walls / retaining walls shall be treated with the concentrate of the crystalline water proofing material.
Applying in two coats of crystalline water proofing material concentrate with brushes / rollers of spray to ensure uniform application, over dried surface of concrete etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
24
INTERIOR FURNISHING ITEMS AND SPECIAL ITEMS
11.
GLASS PARTITIONS
11.1
General
Glass shall be clear float glass of the quality and finish shown in the drawing and schedules unless otherwise required. This shall be frosted / etched in design and pattern as per drawing. The contractor shall submit samples of all types f glass for approval. Delivered material shall match the approved samples. Packaged materials shall be delivered at site and stored in a dry, well ventilated location. Cutting of glass shall be in accordance with site measurements.
11.2
Thickness
All fixed panel shall be 12mm thick unless otherwise specified.
11.3
Edges
All exposed edges of glass / mirror shall be polished and grinded and mitred as per IS Specifications, wherever, it is indicated in the drawing.
11.4
Drilling & Cutting All drilling of holes shall be carried out at the stage of fabrication. No chipping, starring and other visible imperfections around holes will be accepted. Fabrication / cutting of glass / mirror shall be in accordance with site measurements. All edges
25
shall be smoothened before fixing. No chipping, starring and otherwise visible imperfection around cut edges shall be accepted.
11.5
Protective Coating The Etched (frosted) surface shall be given chemical treatment as per manufacturers recommendation in order to have permanent stain free surface. The frosted etched surface should not absorb / retain any stains.
11.6 11.6.1
Fixing Glass shall be fixed as shown on the drawings or otherwise specified. Due rebates and tolerances as specified by the manufacturer of glass shall be provided at no extra cost. Screws shall be brass with collars and screws on domes unless otherwise required. The glasses shall be fixed in position with EPDM Gasket or as specified.
11.6.2
11.7
Protection of Glass
11.7.1
Glass shall be protected from paint, plaster, welding splatter, construction scum and the like. Should any such soiling occur, the glass shall be promptly and completely washed off as specified. Special care shall be taken by contractor to protect the glass / surface melamine polishing.
11.7.2
Glass generally shall be protected with temporary wooden barricades or other warning devices as a deterrent against passing objects through glazed openings.
26
11.7.3 The contractor shall be responsible for protecting all glass in those areas of work forming part of this contract. The contractor shall replace at his own expense any broken or damaged glass caused through lack of adequate protection or care in installation or handling.
11.7.4
The contractor shall make his own investigation to guard against local sources of attach and damage and take all necessary precautions for operation.
11.8
Cleaning
When directed by the Architect / Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor shall remove all markings and labels from glass and wash the same with a mild neutral or slightly acidic solution as recommended by the glass manufacturer. Alkaline or abrasive agents shall not be used. 11.9 Completion On completion of installation the contractor shall leave all glass and fixings perfect to the satisfaction of the Architect / Engineerin-Charge. Providing and fixing of full height partition with 12mm thick toughened glass as shown in the drawings, frameless type using patch fittings as approved comprising of stainless steel, threaded rod, pivots with plug, top frame with removable pin with cover plate, top porch with plastic sockets for top pivot, bottom patch, back check suitable for 12mm thick heat strengthened clear toughened glass for fixed glazed portion with adjustable lock keeper plates in two part, floor sockets over panel strike boxes, to suit corner locks including cost of all materials, labour, machinery, fabrication, chasing in the floor chipping of walls, beams, columns, rectification of plaster, painting if required erection, installation, transportation all charges etc. complete as per design and drawing and direction of bank (make : Saint Gobin OR EQUIVALENT) as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
27
12.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL INTERIOR WORK / LAMINATED WORKS AND FRAMING
WOOD
CARPENTRY AND JOINERY
12.1
Drawings and Dimensions Drawings shall not be scaled. Figured dimensions shall be strictly followed, large-scale drawings / details shall super cede small scale drawings. The contractor shall verify all dimensions and information given in the drawings for existing conditions of site.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for any error, difficulty in execution / damage incurred owing to discrepancy in drawings which has been overlooked by him and has not been brought to the notice of Architect / Engineer-in-Charge.
12.2
Rough Carpentry material All framing and other concealed wood members shall be of specified quantity of timber as shown in drawings and as per the direction of the Architect / Engineer-in-Charge. Wood shall be seasoned to a moisture content as per provision of the IS Code.
12.3
Joinery Materials Finished joinery including frames for doors, partitions, etc. shall be with straight grained best quality Indian teakwood unless noted otherwise, free from knots and other blemishes and imperfection. All joinery work shall be securely mortised and tenoned and glued
28
with best quality waterproof glue. All sections and dimensions to be shown and wood work screws of appropriate size and of approved make shall be used. Wherever practicable means of fastening the various parts together shall be concealed. All work (both carpentry and joinery) shall be to the dimensions shown on drawings.
All interior wood finish, doors and cabinet work shall be smoothly treated and sanded after erection, until all defects are entirely removed. Any works showing splits, saw, sand paper or other defecting marks or other defects shall be rejected. All exposed wood and plywood shall be straight grained of matches grain and colour and shall be approved by the Architect / Engineer-inCharge before being fabricated.
12.4
Wooden Frames Frames where asked for shall be of first class Jammu Kailwood for partitions hillock and C.P. teak wood for furniture or as specified and planed to obtain the required size as described in the item. Sawing shall be truly straight and square and in the direction of the grains and scantling shall be accurately planed smooth to the required dimensions before the same is fixed in position. A tolerance of 2.3 mm shall be allowed in the finished cross section. Joints shall be simple, neat and strong. All mortise and tenon joints, mitred joints, scarves etc. shall fit in fully and accurately without wedging or tilling. The contact surfaces of all joints shall be treated with bulk type synthetic resin adhesive.
12.5
Particle Board The Particle Board shall be approved Commercial veneered threelayer flat pressed Teakwood Particle Board conforming to IS 8087 1985 Type I bonded with BWP type Phenol Formaldehyde Synthetic resin of the thickness as mentioned in the item and drawings.
29
12.6
Plywood / Ply board / Block board / Commercial boards Plywood / Ply board / Block board / Commercial boards shall be of approved make, boiling waterproof grade (BFW), bonded with high quality Phenol Formaldehyde Synthetic Resin, Exterior Grade treated with preservatives to make it resistant to termites, rot, fungus and other wood destroying organisms conforming to relevant IS Specifications. The Plywood shall be good quality, close grained Plywood suitable for veneering, painting or bonding plastic laminates as specified. Expose edges shall be finished with edge strip of solid teakwood, tongued and grooved and glued or as detailed. The block boards shall be built up board with blocks upto 35mm thick. Block boards shall be approved make, boil resistant type bonding and veneered on both faces with identical sheets or as specified.
12.7
Timber Timber required for framing and other wood members shall be well seasoned, kiln dried and of good quality with a moisture content of 12% nominal. All timber shall be uniform in texture, free from large loose, dead or cluster knots, veins, shakes, fungal growth, bore holes, rot, decay, discoloration, soft and spongy spots, hollow, pockets, pits or center heart, box heart pitch pockets, streaks, insect attacks and all other defects and blemishes which would affect strength, usability and shall be flat, straight, non splitting and dressed on all side. It shall be matched for colours and graining. Teakwood shall be of 1st class C.P Indian teakwood and soft Indian teak wood. Wood wherever specified is of 1st class Jammu Kailwood for partitions and paneling and hillock / teak wood for furniture or as specified.
12.8
Laminate Veneer (a) Decorative laminated veneer sheeting shall be of the brand & catalogue, number and colour indicated. The
30
laminated veneer shall be 1.5mm thick on flat surfaces and 1 mm thick on curved surfaces unless otherwise approved. Teak veneers shall be well matched and thickness shall be 4mm. (b) Laminates shall be veneered to mounting surface with an approved adhesive, used in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions. Rubber based adhesive shall not be used. No surface glanding of laminate will be allowed. Unless otherwise specified, all laminate shall have standard plain colour suede satin / plain / matt or as specified. Samples of laminate showing the surfaces texture and shade shall be submitted for approval before fixing. The veneer shall be as specified and shall be equal or superior quality to that laid down in IS 1659-1960 or as approved. The contractor shall submit a one square meter sample of each finished veneer type for approval.
(c) (d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
12.9
Wood preservative treatment Wood preservative of specified quality and approved make shall be used for all wood work done by the contractor. Treatment shall be done after the surface is made free from dirt, dust, any is made free from dirt, dust, any foreign matter and all rough spots and papered and cleaned. The surface must be perfectly dry before treatment is commenced. In addition to above, all portions of timber in joinery work, abutting against or embedded in masonry or concrete shall be painted with boiling coal tar before being placed in position. The rate would be made for the same.
31
12.10 Fire retardant paints on Wood Work All wood work done by the contractor shall be painted/coated with fire retarding pint of brand approved by Architect/Engineer-incharge, CBRI and fire authorities. The painting work shall be done as per manufacturers specifications by soft brushes and by pencil brushes in corners etc. The rate would include providing all material, brushes etc. No extra payment would be made for the same.
12.11
Framing Framing shall be as specified or required size and at required spacing as indicted in the drawings and all specifications described in subsidiary frames of partition shall apply. The frames shall be fixed to the ceiling and floor with gun metal dash fasteners only. The frames with fixed in position shall be fairly and truly leveled.
12.12
Hard Wares
All hard wares shall be of the approved quality and conforming to relevant I.S. specification. Samples of all hard wares shall be got approved from the Architect/Engineer-in-char before placing order for bulk procurement. Brass hard wares where asked for shall be zinc plated. All hard wares shall function smoothly without any friction or crack when fixed in position. The approved samples shall be kept in safe custody of Architect/Engineer-in-charge for checking the correctness of materials procured in comparison with approved sample. All door hinges, latches, door tracks, door closers, floor springs etc. Shall be as specified of an approved make and shall have written guarantee for trouble free performance, free maintenance and replacement as may be needed during defect t liability period is essential. The rates shall be inclusive of all materials and lab our for complete execution of the item.
32
12.13 Fastenings
Screws and other fastening etc., shall be of standard make of brass or unless otherwise shown on drawings. Exposed screws etc. shall be of brass or other non-corrosive metal. Exposed fastenings shall match the finish of hardware. Power driven fasteners may be used for fastening to concrete, brick masonry and steel work.
Where screws show on a finished surface, they shall unless otherwise detailed, be sunk and the hole plugged with a wood plug of the same wood and grain of the finished surface. Nails on finished surfaces shall be neatly punched and the hole filled with wood filler to match. Fixing by means of wooden plugs will be permitted only where it is required.
12.14
Floor Spring and Pivot
Hydraulically regulated floor spring and pivot shall conform to I.S. for heavy duty performance. Suitable adjustments shall be made such that the closing time can be raised five seconds to twenty five seconds. The oil filling shall work well in all seasons and shall not show any signs of leakages of oil under working conditions. Payments shall be made per number and shall be inclusive of supply of all accessories, fixing the door pivot/floor spring, anodizing/painting etc. complete as per direction of Architect/Engineer-in-charge.
12.15
Timber Fixing
The carpentry timber shall be fixed with nails, spikes, dash fasteners, bolts, screws, hangers, stirrups, anchors, ties or any other accessories which are suitable to develop the full strength
33
of the member to which they are supported and to which they are attached, as directed.
12.16
Fixing in Masonry/Concrete Carpentry timber where fixed to solid masonry or concrete shall be secured with expansion bolts or other positive methods of mechanical fastening. Carpentry timber where fixed into hollow masonry shall be secured with toggle bolts and steel with bolts, nuts and washers.
12.17
Storage of Sheet materials Sheet materials shall be t5ransported and stored flat, with sufficient support to prevent bowing and wrapping and to prevent damage to edges and corners. Sheet materials shall protected from weather and kept off the ground and in dry, well ventilated conditions.
12.18
Samples The contractor shall submit samples of all materials/items including samples of veneer assemblies for approval. All materials pre-fabricated, delivered and assembled shall be in accordance with the approved samples.
12.19
Delivery and Storage Shop fabricated items Ship fabricated items shall be delivered to the site of the work and installed/ fixed/placed in position and shall be properly protected whilst in transit. Installed work shall be adequately protected against soiling or damage. Damaged or soiled items shall be made good or replaced at the contractors own expense and to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer-in-charge.
34
13.
WOODEN PARTITION :
Providing and fixing full height partion Framework made in 50 x 50 mm wooden frame of Mirandi/chap/Kali/Malaysian Sal, Vertical frame to horizontal members and placed at a maximum of 600mm c/c both ways. The frames shall be securely fix to walls, floor, ceiling complete in all respect including making provisions for electrical conduits etc. and two coats of approved primer and fire retardant paint. a As per drawing and specifications and direction of architect/bank including providing and fixing framing both side with 9 mm thick BWR grade ply wood finished with 1 mm thick decorative laminate/veneer (with polishing) of approved shade and make as per design with moulding on edges. Rubber wood edging and molding as per design and sizes complete in all respect including polishing of wooden surfaces in natural shade with melamine. (Make: Formica, Sunmica, Kitply, Century Or Equivalents) as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
14.
M.S. FRAME PARTITION:
Providing and fixing full height partition Framework made in 50 x 50 mm M S Frame. Vertical frame to horizontal members and placed at a maximum of 600mm c/c both ways. The frames shall be securely fix to wall, floor, ceiling complete in all respect including making provisions for electrical conduits etc. and two coats of approved primer and fire retardant paint. As per drawing and specifications and direction of architect/ bank including providing and fixing ramming both side with 9mm thick BWR grade ply wood finished with 1mm thick decorative laminate/veneer (with polishing) of approved shade and make as per design with moulding on edges. Rubber wood edging and molding as per design and sizes complete in all respect including polishing of wooden surfaces in natural shade with melamine. (Make: Formica, Sunmica, Kitply, Century OR EQUIVELENT) as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
35
15.
SEMI HEIGHT PARTITION:
Providing & fixing partition panel of 75mm thickness and ht 1500 mm. Frame of CRC of 75 x75 mm & 75 x 25mm not less than 22 gauge. Snap on panel made of 12 mm pre laminated particle/MDF block board/fabric having raceway at two levels, one at skirting and one above/below the worktop. 5mm clear glass provided above 1125 mm ht upto 1500mm (facia finish in approved laminate /veneer) or equivalent as per direction of engineer-in-charge.
16.
WALL PANELING:
Providing and fixing full height wooden panel framework made in 50 x 25mm wooden frame of Mirandi/chap/Kail/Malaysian Sal, Vertical frame to horizontal members and placed at a maximum of 600mm c/c both ways. The frames shall be securely fix to walls, floor, ceiling complete in all respect including making provisions for electrical conduits etc. and two coats of approved primer and fire retardant paint, wood preservative as per drawing and specifications and direction of architect/Engineerin-charge including providing and fixing framing one side with 9mm thick BWR grade ply wood finished with 1mm thick decorative laminate of approved make and shade as per design with moulding on edges. Rubber wood edging and molding as per design and sixes complete in all respect including polishing of wooden surfaces in natural shade with melamine or equivalent as per direction of engineer-in-charge. (Make : Formica, Sunmica, Kitply, Century Or equivalent).
17.
FULLY GLAZED DOOR (FRAME LESS)
Providing and fixing of twin style fully glass door as shown in the drawing, frameless type using patch fittings as approved
36
comprising of stainless steel, SS Handle size 300 (all doors)/400 mm (entrance only), threaded rod, pivots with plug, top frame with removable pin with cover plate, top proch with plastic sockets for top pivot, bottom patch with insert for floor spring spindles/pivot, floor pivot bearing double action floor spring and corner lock euro profiles, cylinder single throw bolts projection with security rosettes suitable for double action swing doors with mechanical back check suitable for 12mm thick heat strengthened clear toughened glass with adjustable lock keeper plates in two part, floor sockets over panel strike boxes, to suit corner locks including cost of all materials, labour, machinery, fabrication, chasing in the floor, chipping of walls, beams, columns, rectification of plaster, painting if required erection installation, transportation all charges etc complete as per design and drawing and to the satisfaction of Engineer-incharges. Bottom fitting:1 No. per door leaf-Top fitting:1 No per door leaf, pivot:1 No per door leaf, SS Handles as approved: 1 pair per door leaf, floor spring :1 No. per door leaf, Lock:1 No per door leaf (Rate shall include the cost of 12mm thick heat strengthened clear float glass including crystal clear polishing as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
18.
WOODEN FLOORING
Providing and fixing of laminated 12mm thick wooden flooring with proper non glue fixing details and proper base and finishing as per manufactures specifications and to the satisfaction of the EIA/Architect as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. Flooring (Make: Unitex, Armstrong or equivalent)
19.
VINYL FLOORING
Providing and fixing of 2mm thick vinyl flooring of approved `make and brand in size 610mm x 610mmm weight 3 kg/m2/(max), tiles should be fire resistance, stain and chemical resistance, thermal resistance, fungi and bacterial resistance, as per confirming to ISO 1466 11999 class 4, etc., Vinyl flooring
37
tiles shall be fixed over flooring surface in perfect dry condition, clean for any loose dust particles, floor surfaced cleaned with vacuum cleaner. Contractor shall ensure leveling of the sub floor and correct it for ant cracks and crevices before application.
The vinyl flooring tiles shall be fixed with application of approved glue/adhesive as per manufacturers specifications, with edge cutting and securing the ends near walls under the guidance/supervision and direction by Engineer-in-charge.
20.
GRID CEILING
Providing and fixing Grid ceiling of 600 x 600 mm size and 12 mm thickness comprising composite structural fiberglass core with non-woven mineral coated surface wrapped on two opposite edges and matching integral hinged support clip on other two edges and shall be downward accessible by disengaging hinge support rail on one side of panel from the TBar Flange or optional A-Mount rail flange without the use of tools. Pan3l shall swing hinge downward to provide complete access without removal of the panel from the ceiling or equivalent complete as per direction of engineer-in-charge. (Make: Almax, Armstrong or equivalent).
21.
WOODEN FALSE CEILING
Providing and fixing of wooden false ceiling with 12mm commercial ply and 4mm decorative veneer finish as per approved make, colour and texture with melamine polish as per design and specification of the EIA/Architect. Frame Work: Providing and fixing frame work of suspended wooden ceiling with perimeter/main runner and cross runner with 600 c/c both sides with hard wood battens 50 x 25 mm fixed to RCC surface i.e. ceiling with 10mm dia GI hangers fixed in brass dash
38
fastener 12.5 x 40 mm etc. all complete with necessary drilling of holes, including fire retardant paint, primary coat complete, including making arrangement of fixing light, fixture grill and diffusers in the frame work complete work or equivalent as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
22.
FIRE CHECK DOORS
Supply and fixing of 46mm thick steel fire check door of 120 minutes fire rating fabricated with 1.2mm thick galvanized sheet with infill of fire rated Acrylic Sealant and non-combustible core bonded to both faces of sheet with lock seam joints at stile edges and internal reinforcement at top, bottom and stile edges for tire rating. The doorframes are manufactured from 1.6mm thick galvanized steel sheet pressed from to double rebate profile of size 143mm x 57mm. The door frames and door shutters are finished with zinc chromate primer in accordance with BS 476 Part 22 and IS 3614 Part II for 2 Hrs. rating complete including all fitting, door closer and Panic bar complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
39
23. SPECIAL EFFECT FILM ON GLASS
Providing and fixing 3M Scotch cal special effect film on glass with sparkling effect with printing as per the graphic design and architects approval. A transparent liner prevents moisture absorption and lays flat for easier assembly of multi colour special effect graphics, from dusted and frosted crystal to fluorescent. This film is applied to flat, clear surfaces. Vertical exposure face of graphic is +/- 10 degrees from vertical 3 years MCS warranty from 3M India Ltd., & complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
24.
SENSOR OPERATED AUTOMATIC DOORS
Single leaf Telescopic Sliding door of size 4200mm (W) x 2744mm (H) made from 6mm toughened glass encased in heavy duty aluminum door section duly powder coated or colour anodized consisting of 2 movable sliding leaves of sizes 1500 mm (W) x 2744mm (H) each & 1 fixed leaf of size 1200mm (W) 2744mm (H) as per drawings including Electromechanical lock with manual release, digital programmer switch, back up battery, DMCS software with all features complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
40
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING WORKS
41
1. SCOPE OF WORK
Following is the detail of scope of work included in this Tender:
a)
Installation of Pumps in the UG Tank complete as required starting from suction line from underground tank to O H Tank/distribution Ring Main Ball Valves, N R V Elect. Panel and Wiring for Motor Necessary foundation work for Pumps, Supports for Piping Bends, Tees Dead ends, Tail pcs. Valves, Vessel etc. as required.
b)
Laying of Soil, Waste, Rain water & Water Supply Lines should be as approved make and quality.
c)
Supports for vertical risers/vertical pipes. required.
Painting etc.,
as
d)
Pump & equipments, accessories and fitting as required.
e)
Installation, testing and commissioning of the entire installations to the satisfactions of employer, Consultant and Architects.
f)
Manual operated Electrical Driven System.
g)
Maintaining the installation minimum for a period of 12 month from the date of commissioning and imparting training to the workers/staff as asked for maintaining the installations as per IS Requirement and exercising.
42
h) Earth pits and earth strip for earthling the body of the motors is being provided by the Electrical Contractor.
2.
SCHEME: The complete Building is being provided with following arrangements.
a)
Underground tank of capacity of adequate capacity with all arrangement.
the
b)
Manual operat3ed as well as automatic operated pump.
c)
Raw Water Lifting System.
3.
INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC The installation shall confirm to the schematic line diagram attached in the shape of drawings for pump house. Vertical riser/D Comer and Pipe layout drawing for building attached along with Tender Papers.
Since the Agency executing the job is responsible for obtaining the NOC from the Local Authorities, deviation, if any, with respect to the scheme and drawing attached may be brought out clearly in the Tender Paper while quoting for the job.
4.
SPECIFICATIONS
4.1.1 Work under Plumbing Services installation shall be carried out strictly in accordance with specifications attached with the tender.
43
4.1.2 Items not covered under these specification due to any ambiguity or misprints, or additional works, the work shall be carried out as per specifications or the latest NBCC Manual up to date amendments as applicable in the work.
5.
EXECUTION OF WORK
5.1.1 The Contractor should visit and examine the site of work and satisfy himself as to the nature of the existing roads and other means of communication and other details pertaining to the work and local conditions and facilities for obtaining his own information on all matters affecting the execution of work. No extra charge made in consequence of any misunderstanding, incorrect information on any of these points or on ground of insufficient description will be allowed. 5.1.2 The work shall be carried out in conformity with the plumbing drawings and within the requirements of Architectural, HVAC, Electrical, Structural and other specialized Services drawings. 5.1.3 The Contractor shall cooperate with all trades and agencies working on the site. He shall make provision for hanger/support, sleeves, structural openings and other requirements well in advance to prevent hold up of progress of the construction schedule. 5.1.4 On award of the work, Contractor shall submit a schedule of construction in the from of a PERT chart or BAR chart for approval of the Employer/ Architect/ Consultant. All dates and time schedule agreed upon should be strictly adhered to, within the stipulated time of completion/commissioning along with the specified phasing, if any. 6.
DRAWINGS
6.1.1 Drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction permits. Any deviations made shall be in conformity with the Architectural and other services drawings and subject to the consent of consultant/employer.
44
6.1.2 Architectural drawings shall take precedence over Plumbing drawing or other services drawings as to all dimensions.
6.1.3 Contractor shall verify all dimensions at site and bring to the notice of the Site Engineer/Consultant all discrepancies or deviations noticed. Decision of the site Engineer/Consultant/Employer shall be final.
6.1.4. Large size details and manufacturers dimensions for materials to be incorporated shall take precedence over small-scale drawings.
6.1.5 Any drawings issued by the Architects/Consultant for the work are the property of the Architects/Consultant and shall not be lent, reproduced or used on any works other intended without the written permission of the Architects/Consultant.
7.
INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS
Contractor shall be required to produce if required manufacturers test certificate for the particular materials supplied by him. The tests carried out shall be as per the relevant Indian Standards.
8.
METRIC CONVERSION
8.1.1 All dimensions and sizes of materials and equipment given in the tender document are commercial metric sizes.
8.1.2 Any weights, or sizes given in the tender having changed due to metric conversion, the nearest equivalent sizes accepted by Indian Standards shall be acceptable without any additional cost.
45
9. Reference Drawing
9.1.1 Contractor shall maintain one set of all drawings issued to him as reference drawings. These shall not be used on site. All important drawings shall be mounted on boards and placed in racks indexed. No drawings shall be rolled.
9.1.2 All corrections, deviations and change made on the site shall be shown on these reference drawings for final incorporation in the completion drawings. All changes to be made shall be initialed by the Consultant or Architects.
10.
Shop Drawings
Shop drawings shall be submitted under following conditions:
a) b) c)
Showing any changes in layout in the Plumbing drawings. Equipment layout, piping and wiring diagram. Manufacturer or Contractors fabrication drawings for any materials or equipment supplied by him.
11.
Completion drawings
11.1
On completion of work, contractor shall submit one complete set of original tracings and two prints of as built drawings to the Project Manager. These drawings shall have the following information. a) Run of all piping, diameters on all floors, vertical stacks and location of external services.
46
b) Run of all Plumbing lines with diameters, locations of control valves, access panels. Locations of all mechanical equipment with layout and piping connections.
c)
11.2 Contractor shall provide one sets of catalogues, service manuals if required manufactures performance data and list of spare parts together with the name and address of the manufacture for all electrical and mechanical equipment provided by him.
11.2
All warranty cards given by the manufacturers shall be handed over to the Employer.
12
Contractors rates
1.1.1
Rates quoted in this tender shall be inclusive of cost of materials, labour, supervision, erection, tools, plant, scaffolding, service connections, transport to site, octroi and levies, breakage, wastage and all such expenses as may be necessary and required to completely do all the items of work and put them in a working condition. Rates quoted are for all heights and depths and in all positions as may be required for this work. All rates quoted are inclusive or cutting holes and chases in walls and floors and making good the same with cement mortar/concrete/water proofing of appropriate mix and strength as directed by Project Manager. Contractor shall provide holes, sleeves, recesses in the concrete and masonry work as the work proceeds. The Contractor shall furnish the vouchers and test certificates to prove that the materials are as specified and to indicate that the rates at which the materials are purchased in order to workout the rate analysis of non tendered items which he may be called upon to carryout.
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
47
13.
Testing
13.1.1
Piping and drainage works shall be tested as specified under the relevant clauses of the specifications. Tests shall be performed in presence of the Site Engineer/ Consultant. All materials and equipment found defective shall be replaced and whole work tested to meet the requirements of the specifications. Contractor shall perform all such tests as may be necessary and required by the local authorities to meet municipal or other bye laws in force. Contractor shall provide all labour, equipment and materials for the performance of the test.
13.1.2
13.1.3
13.1.4
13.1.5
14.
Site clearance and cleanup
14.1.1
The contractor shall, from time to time, clear away all debris and excess materials accumulated at the site. After the fixtures, equipment and appliances have been installed and commissioned, contractor shall clean-up the same and remove all plaster, paints, stains, stickers and other foreign matter or discoloration leaving the same in a ready to use condition. On completion of all works, contractor shall demolish all stores, remove all surplus materials and leave the site in a broom clean condition, failing which the same shall be done at Contractors risk and cost.
14.1.2
14.1.3
48
15. Recovery of cost for materials issued to Contractors free of cost.
15.1.1
If any materials issued to the Contractor, free of cost, are damaged or pilfered, the cost of the same shall be recovered from the contractor on the basis or actual cost to owner which shall include all freight and transportation, excise duty, sales tax, Octroi, import duty etc, plus 10%. The decision on the actual cost given by the Employer shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
16.
Cutting of water proofing membrane No walls terraces shall be cut for making and opening after waterproofing has been done without approval of Site Engineer/ Architects. Cutting of water proofing membrane shall be done very carefully so as other portion of water proofing is not damaged. On completion of work at such place the water proofing membrane shall made good and ensured that the opening/ cutting is made fully water proof as per specifications and details of water proofing approved by Architects. Cutting of Structural members No structural member shall be chased or cut without the permission of the Project Manager. Materials supplied by employer The Contractor shall verify that all materials supplied by the Employer conform to the specifications of the relevant item in the tender. Any discrepancy found shall be brought to the notice of the Site Engineer.
16.1.1
17. 17.1 18 18. 18.1 18.2
19. 19.1
Materials Unless otherwise specified and expressly approved in writing by the Employer, only materials of makes and specification as mentioned in the list of approved makes attached with the specifications shall be used.
*********************
49
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING WORKS
1.
Pipes
i)
All pipes within and outside the building in exposed location and shafts including connections buried under floor shall be APPROVED MAKE OF Pipes & fittings.
2.
Pipe Fittings
a)
Pipe fitting means tees, elbows, couplings, Unions, reducers etc. and all such connecting devices that are need to complete the piping work in its totality.
b)
Screwed fitting shall be approved type malleable with reinforced ring on all edges of the fitting suitable for screwed joints.
3.
Pipe Jointing:
3.1
Flanged Flanged joints shall be provided on:
Straight runs not exceeding 25-30 m on pipelines of 65mm dia and above and as directed by Project Manager.
For jointing all types of valves, apparatus pump, connections with other types of pipes, to water tanks and other places necessary and required as good for engineering practice.
50
Flanged shall be as per Table E of IS specification with appropriate number of S.S. nuts and bolts, 3mm neoprene gasket complete as per relevant specifications.
3.2
Unions
Provide approved type of unions on pipelines 50mm dia and below in simila4r places as specified for flanges.
4.
Excavation
4.1
Excavation for pipe lines shall be in open trenches to levels and grades shown on the drawings or as required at site. Pipelines shall be buried with a minimum cover of 1.0 meter or as shown on drawings. Wherever required contractor shall support all trenches or adjoining structures with adequate timber supports. On completion of testing in the presence of the Project Manager and pipe protection, trenches shall be refilled with same excavated earth and consolidated. Contractor shall dispose off all surplus earth within a lead of 50m or as directed by the Project Manager.
4.2
4.3
4.4
5.
Anchor Thrust blocks
a)
Contractor shall provide suitably designed anchor blocks in cement concrete to encounter excess thrust due to water hammer and high pressure.
b)
Thrust blocks shall be provided at all bends, tees and such other location as determined by the Project Manager.
51
c)
Exact location, design, size and mix of the concrete blocks shall be as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Project manager prior to execution of work.
6.
Gun Metal Valves Valves of 50mm dia and below shall be heavy duty gunmetal Ball valves conforming to IS 778 class II with female screwed ends.
7.
Cast Iron butterfly Valves.
All valves 65mm dia and above shall be CI butter fly valves of class PN 1.0 conforming to IS 5312 with CI body, but rubber seat and Teflon seal.
8.
Non-return Valve
Non-return valves shall be CI double flanged with CI body and Gun metal internal parts conforming to IS 5312.
9.
Pipe protection
a)
All pipes above ground and in exposed location shall be painted with one coat of red oxide primer and two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved colour.
b)
Where specified, pipes buried in floors or below ground shall be protected against corrosion by the application of PYP COAST as specified in schedule of quantities.
52
10.
Pipe Support All pipe clamps and supports shall be mild steel. When fabricated from chilly make G.I. Clamps, G.I. Threaded Rods & Dash Fasteners. Pipes shall be hung by means of expandable anchor fasteners of approved make and design. The hangers and clamps shall be fastened by means of galvanized nuts and bolts. The size/diameter of the anchor fasteners and the clamp shall be suitable to carry the weight of water filled pipe and dead weight normally encountered.
11. 11.1
Measurement All GI/CPVC/UPVC Pipes shall be measured per linear meter of the finished length and shall include all fittings, flanges, welding, jointing, clamps for fixing to walls or hangers, anchor fasteners painting and testing complete in all respect. Butterfly valves, check valves, a are measured by numbers and shall include all items necessary and required for fixing and as given in the specifications and schedule of quantities.
11.2
53
1. SANITARY FIXTURES & FITTINGS
1.1
Vitreous China Sanitary Ware All glazed Vitreous China Sanitary ware fixtures shall confirm to Indian Standard IS: 2556. The details, make and type to be provided are given in the Schedule of Quantities. The Vitreous China Sanitary ware shall be of first quality only. They shall be non-porous and fully vitreous, with all the visible portions perfectly glazed and should be absolutely free from hairline cracks pinholes and local depressions. It shall be perfectly symmetrical, uniform and with smooth curves. All sanitary fixtures and fitting shall be stored under covered roof and handled carefully to prevent any damage.
1.2
Chromium Plated Fittings All Chromium plated fittings shall be of brass/copper, heavy chromium plated, of the make and design approved by the Architects/Consultants. The fitting shall be cast fitting of screw type, machined and threaded properly for fixing to the supply pipes.
The chromium plating shall conform to Indian Standard IS: 482 (Electroplated coating of nickel and chromium of copper and copper alloys).
The fittings shall be supplied complete with chromium plated matching flanges wall cover plates, nuts and extension pieces of required lengths. Metallic washers where required shall also be of chromium plated brass. All bib cocks and stop cocks shall conform to Indian Standard IS: 781. Brass screw down pillar taps to IS: 1701 and all other fitting shall match the supply fitting in construction and appearance. All fixing accessories and screws shall be similar to fitting. All washers shall conform to Indian Standard IS: 4346.
54
All waste fitting (Waste, Chain, Overflow, Spreaders Caps etc.) shall be of brass/copper heavy chromium plated of the make and design specified and match the supply fittings. The shall con-form to Indian standard IS:2963.
Bottle traps (for wash basins, sinks, urinals etc) shall be deep seal (Min. 6 cm seal) cast brass bottle traps, heavy chromium plated. All bottle traps shall be provided with suitable cleaning eye, extension piece, flare nuts, all chromium plated.
Chromium plated brass flanges of suitable size shall be provided to screw the holes made for installing the pipes through walls, floors and columns. 2. INSTALLATION OF SANITARY FIXTURES AND FITTINGS
2.1
General Requirement The fixtures and fitting shall be provided with all such accessories as are required to complete the item in satisfactory working conditions, whether specifically mentioned or not in the schedule of quantities, specifications and drawings.
The sanitary fixtures and fittings shall be installed at the correct assigned position as shown on the drawings and as directed by the Owner/Architect/Interior Designer, and shall fully meet with the aesthetic and symmetrical requirements as demanded by the Architect/Interior Designer.
All fixtures and accessories shall be fixed in accordance with a set patter matching the tiles or interior finish as per Owner/Architect/Interior Designer requirements. Wherever necessary, the fitting shall be centered to dimensions and
55
pattern as called for fixtures and fitting shall be installed by skilled workman with appropriate tools according to the best trade practice. Manufacturers instructions shall be followed for the installation of fixtures. Fixtures in all toilets shall be standard height mounting as specified/shown for on the drawings. Fixtures shall be mounted rigid, plumb, and true to alignment.
2.2
Mock up and Trial Assembly The installation of the sanitary fixtures and fittings shall be as per the shop drawings approved by the Owner/ Architect/ Consultant.
The contractor shall have to assemble for Mock Up atlas one set of each type of sanitary fixtures and fittings in order to determine precisely the required supply and disposal connections. Relevant instructions from manufacturers shall be followed as applicable. This trial assembly shall be developed to facilitate determining the location of puncture holes, holding devices etc., which will be required for final installation in position of all sanitary fixtures and fittings. The above assembly shall be subject to final approval by the Owner/Architect/Interior Designer.
The fixtures in the trial assemble can be reused for final installation without any additional payments for fixing or dismantling of the fixtures.
56
2.3 Supporting and Fixing Devices The contractor shall provide all supporting and fixing devices necessary to install the sanitary fixtures and fittings securely in position. The fixing devices shall be rigidly anchored into the building structure. The devices shall be rust resistant and shall be so fixed that they do not present an unsightly look in the final assembly. Where the location demands, the Owner/Architect/ interior Designer may instruct the contractor to provide chromium plated or other similarly finished fixing devices. In such circumstance the contractor shall arrange to supply the fixing devices and shall be installed complete with appropriate vibration isolating pads, washers and gaskets.
2.4
Final Installation The contractor shall install all sanitary fixtures and fittings in their final position in accordance with approved trial assemblies and as shown on drawings. The installation shall be complete with all supply and waste connections. The connection between building and piping system and the sanitary fixtures shall be through proper unions and flanges to facilitate removal/replacement of sanitary fixtures without disturbing the built in piping system. All unions and flanges shall match in appearance with other exposed fittings.
Fixtures shall be mounted rigid, plumb and to alignment. The outlets of water closet pans and similar appliances shall be examined to ensure that outlet ends are butting on the receiving pipes before making the joints. It shall be ensured that the receiving pipes are clear of obstruction. When fixtures are being mounted, attention shall be paid to the possibility of movement and settlement by other causes.
57
3.0 Protection against Damage
The contractor shall take every precaution to protect all sanitary fixtures against damage, misuse, cracking staining breakage and pilferage by providing proper wrapping and locking arrangement till the completion of the installation. At the time of handing over, the contractor shall clean, disinfect and polish all fixtures and fittings. Any fixtures and fittings found damaged, cracked chipped stained or scratched shall be removed and new fixtures and fittings free from defects shall be installed at his own cost to complete the work.
58
INTERNAL DAINAGE (SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND RAIN WATER PIPES)
1.
Soil and waste Pipes shall be cast iron pipes and fittings as called for. In general wastes smaller than 65mm dia shall be of heavy class Galvanized MS. All rain water pipes shall be class A uPVC pipes of SWR system.
The soil pipes shall be circular with a minimum diameter of 100mm. Pipes shall be fixed by means of stout cast iron clamps in two sections, bolted together, built into the walls, wedged and neatly jointed as directed and approved by the Owner/Architect/Consultant. All bends, branches, swan neck and other parts shall conform to the requirement and standards as described for the pipes. Pipes shall be rested against the walls on suitable wooden cradles. Local Authority Regulations applicable to the installations shall be strictly followed.
Where indicated, the soil pipes shall be continued up wards without any diminution in its diameter, without any bend or angle to the height shown in the drawings. Joints throughout shall be made with molten lead as described under jointing of cast iron pipes. Soil pipes shall be painted as provided under painting. The soil pipes shall be covered on top with cast iron terminal outlets as directed and approved. All vertical soil pipes shall be firmly fixed to the walls with properly fixed clamps, and shall as for as possible be kept 50mm clear of wall. Waste pipes and fittings shall be of cast iron or galvanized mild steel pipes. Pipes shall be fixed. Jointed and painted as described in installation of soil, Waste and vent pipes.
All the fittings used for connections, between soil, waste and ventilation pipes and branch pipes shall be made by using pipe fittings with inspection doors for cleaning. The doors shall be provided with 3mm thick rubber insertion packing and when closed and bolted shall be air and water tight.
59
2.
Soil and waste Pipes shall be u.P.V.C. pipes and fittings as called for. In general wastes smaller than 63mm dia shall be of heavy class 10kg/cm2. All soil, Waste, Vent and rain water pipes shall be class A uPVC pipes of SWR system.
The soil pipes shall be circular with a minimum diameter of 110mm pipes shall be fixed by means of stout u.P.V.C clamps in two sections, bolted together, built into the walls, wedged and neatly jointed as directed and approved by the Owner/Architect/Consultant. All bends, branches, swan neck and other parts shall conform to the requirement and standards as described for the pipes. Pipes shall be rested against the walls on suitable wooden cradles. Local Authority Regulations applicable to the installations shall be strictly followed.
Where indicated, the soil pipes shall be continued up wards without any diminution in it diameter, without and bend or angle to the height shown in the drawings. Joints throughout shall be made with rubber rings described by the manufacturer under jointing of pipes. The soil pipes shall be clamped on top with M.S. iron terminal gaurds as directed and approved. All vertical soil pipes shall be firmly fixed to the walls with properly fixed clamps, and shall as far as possible be kept 50mm clear of wall. Waste pipes and fittings shall be of u.P.V.C. pipes. Pipes shall be fixed. Jointed and fixed as described in installation of soil, Waste and vent pipes.
Every waste pipe shall discharge above the grating of a properly trapped gully. The contractor shall ensure that this requirement is adequately met with . Wherever floor traps are provided, it shall be ensured that at least one wash is connected to such floor traps to avoid drying of water seal in the trap.
All the fittings used for connections, between soil, waste and ventilation pipes and branch pipes shall be made by using pipe
60
fittings with inspection doors for cleaning. The doors shall be provided with 3mm thick rubber insertion packing and when closed and bolted shall be air and water tight.
3.0
PIPING MATERIALS
3.1
uPVC Pipes and Fittings
The pipes shall be round and shall be supplied in straight lengths with scooted ends. The internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth, clean, free from grooving and other defects. The ends shall be cleanly cut and square with the axis of the pipe. The pipes shall be designated by external diameter and shall conform to SWR pipe system.
4.0
INSTALLATION OF SOIL, WASTE, VEN AND RAIN PIPES.
WATER
Soil, waste and vent pipes in shafts, under the floors etc shall consist of u.P.V.C. pipes as described earlier. Waste pipes from bottle trap to floor/urinal traps for wash basin, urinal and sink shall be of heavy class u.P.V.C. pipes and fittings. All horizontal pipes running below the slab and along the ceiling shall be fixed on structural adjustable clamps, sturdy hangers of the design as called for in the drawings. The pipes shall be laid in uniform slope and proper levels. All vertical pipes shall be truly vertical fixed by means of stout clamps in two sections, bolted together, built into the walls, wedged and neatly jointed. The branch pipes shall be connected to the stack at the same angle as that of fittings. All connections between soil waste and ventilating pipes and breach pipes shall be made by using pipe fitting with inspection doors for cleaning. Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts. Where the horizontal run
61
of the pipe is long or where the pipes cross over building expansion joints etc.,
suitable allowance shall be provided for any movements in the pipes by means of expansion joints etc., such that any such movement does not damage the installation in any way.
All u.P.V.C. pipes and fitting shall be jointed as per the manufacturers specification.
The jointed portion of the pipe shall be carefully leveled and aligned and the joint shall not be covered till the pipe line has been tested under pressure.
5.
Cutting and Making good:
Pipes shall be fixed and tested as building proceeds. The Contractor shall provide all necessary holes, cutouts and chases in structural members as building work proceeds. Wherever holes are cut or left originally they shall be made good with cement concrete 1:2:4: (1 cement: 2 coarse sand:4 stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) or cement mortar 1:2 coarse sand). Cured and the surface restored to original condition
6.
Painting
All M S Hangers shall be painted as per the shade and colour approved by the Project Manager:
62
7. Testing
7.1.
Before use at site, all u.P.V.C soil pipes soil pipes shall be tested by filling up with water for at least 10 minutes. After filling, pipes shall be inspected for below holes and cracks. All defective pipes shall be rejected and removed from the site within 48 hours.
Pipes shall be tested after installation by filling up the stack with water. All opening and connections shall be suitably plugged. The total head in the stack shall however not 3m exceed.
Alternatively, the Contractor may test all soil and waste stacks by a smoke testing machine. Smoke shall be pumped into the stack after plugging all inlets end connections. The top end shall however be left open. The stack shall then be observed for leakages and all defective pipes and fittings removed or repaired as directed by the Project Manager.
A test register shall be maintained and all entries shall be signed and dated by the Contractor and the Project Manager or his representative.
63
8.
WATER SUPPLY
1.0
PIPING SYSTEM
The piping system consists of SDR 11 Grade CPVC pipes and fitting conforming to relevant IS Codes. The sizes and makes is specified in the Schedule of Quantities.
For any internal works if specified in the BOQ the CPV pipes and fitting shall be embedded in the wall chase or run on the floor/ceiling unless otherwise specified. No unsightly exposed runs shall be permitted.
2.
PIPING MATERIAL
2.1
CPVC Pipes
The pipes shall be CPVC pipes and shall be uniform adherent reasonably smooth and free from any imperfections. The pipes and sockets shall be cleanly finished. All screw threads shall be clean and well cut. The ends shall be cut cleanly and square with the axis of the pipe.
The fittings also shall be SDR 11 Grade CPV. The size of pipes and fitting is specified in the schedule of quantities.
2.2
Valves & Controls
64
All valves (gate, ball, check, safety) shall be of CPVC suitable for the particular service as called for. All valves shall be of the particular duty and design as called for.
3.
LAYING AND JOINTING OF PIPES
All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless unavoidable. The pipes shall be fixed to walls with standard slotted angles U shape threaded bolts, nuts for clamping pipes to angles. Slotted angles shall be grouted to R C C work with dash fasteners. These slotted angles shall be spaced at regular intervals in straight lengths and heights at 1.8.M c/c
3.1.
Laying and jointing of pipes
The galvanized pipes and fittings shall run in wall chase or ceiling or as specified. The fixing shall be done by means of standard pattern holder bat clamps keeping he pipes about 1.5cm clears of the wall where to be laid on surface. Where it is specified to conceal the pipes, chasing may be adopted or pipes fixed in the shafts, ducts etc provided there is a sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools. As far as possible, pipes may be buried for short distance provided adequate protection is given against damage and where so required special care to be taken at joints. Where directed by the Construction Manager /Architect, Pipe sleeves shall be fixed at a place the pipe is passing through a wall or floor for reception of the pipe and allow freedom for expansion and contraction and other movements. In case of pipe is embedded in walls or floors it should be of approved quality. Under the floors the pipes shall be laid in layer of sand filling.
CPVC pipes shall be jointed with male and female joints, using Solvent Adhesive, shall be taken to remove any burr from the
65
end of the pipes jointing compound of proprietary make shall be used, according to the manufactures instructions. Pipes and joints laid for water supply shall be tested to a pressure of 7 kg per Sq. cm.
4.
PIPING MATERIAL
4.1
Galvanized Iron Pipes The pipes shall be galvanized mild steel welded (ERW) or (HFW) screwed and scooted conforming to the requirements of IS: 1239. The Galvanizing shall conform to IS:4736, the zinc coating shall be uniform, adherent reasonable smooth and free from such imperfections as flux ash and drops inclusions, bare patches, black sports, pimples, lumpiness, runs, rust strains, bulky white deposits and blisters. The pipes and sockets shall be cleanly finished, well galvanized in and out and free from cracks, surface flaws laminations and other defects. All screw threads shall be clean and well cut. The ends shall be cut cleanly and square with the axis of the pipes.
The fittings shall be malleable iron and comply with all the requirements that of pipes. The sizes of pipes and fitting is specified in the schedule of quantities.
4.2
Valves & Controls
All valves (gate, ball, check, safety) shall be of gun metal suitable for the particular service as called for. All valves shall be of the particular duty and design as called for. Valves shall either be of screwed type.
5.
LAYING AND JOINTING OF PIPES
66
All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless unavoidable. The pipes shall be fixed to walls with standard slotted angles U shape threaded bolts, nuts for clamping pipes to angles. Slotted angles shall be grouted to RCC work with dash fasteners. These slotted angles shall be spaced at regular intervals in straight lengths and heights at 1.8M c/c. 5.1 Laying and jointing of GI Pipes
The galvanized pipes and fittings shall run in wall chase or ceiling or as specified. The fixing shall be done by means of standard pattern holder bat clamps keeping the pipes about 1.5 cm clear of the wall where to be laid on surface. Where it is specified to conceal the pipes, chasing may be adopted or pies fixed in the shafts, ducts etc. provided there is a sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools. As far as possible, pipes may be buried for short distances provided adequate protection is given against damage and where so required special care to be taken at joints. Where directed by the Construction/ Manager/ Architect, Pipe sleeves shall be fixed at a place the pipe is passing through a wall or floor for reception of the pipe and allow freedom for expansion and contraction and other movements. In case of pipe is embedded in walls or floors it should be painted with anticorrosive bitumastic paints of approved quality. Under the floors the pipes shall be laid in layer of sand filling.
Galvanized iron pipes shall be jointed with threaded and socket joints, using threaded fittings. Care shall be taken to remove any burr from the end of the pipes after threading. White lead or an equivalent jointing compound of proprietary make shall be used, according to the manufacturers instructions, with a grommet of a few stands of fine yarn while tightening compounds containing red lead shall not be used because of the danger of contamination of water. Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted with bituminous paint to prevent
67
corrosion. Pipes and joints laid for water supply shall be tested to a pressure of 7 kg per Sq.cm.
6.
Cutting Chases in Masonry Walls
The chases upto 7.5 x 7.5 cm shall be made in the walls for housing water supply pipes etc. These shall be provided in correct positions as shown in the drawings or directed by the Construction Manager/ Architects. Cases shall be made by chiseling out the masonry to proper line and depth. After GI pipes etc are fixed in chases, the chases shall be filled with cement mortar 1:2:4 or as may be specified made flush with the masonry surface. The concrete surface shall be roughened with wire brush to provide a key for plastering.
7.
Water Fittings
Unless otherwise specified all Gunmetal fittings such as gate, globe, check and safety valves shall be fitted in pipe line in workman like manner. Necessary union shall be provided on both ends of the valves for easy replacement. The joints between fittings and pipes shall be leak-proof when tested to a pressure. The defective fitting and joints shall be replaced or redone.
68
EXTERNAL DRAINAGE & SEWAGE DISPOSAL
1.
PIPING MATERIAL
1.1.1
RCC Pipes All underground storm water drainage pipes and sewer lines where specified (other than those specified) shall be centrifugal spun RCC Pipes NP2 for general and NP3 where road crossing. Pipes shall be true and straight with uniform bore throughout. Cracked, warped pipes shall not be used on the work. All pipes shall be tested by the manufacturer and the contractor shall produce, prior to use on site, a certificate to that effect from the manufacturer.
69
The pipes shall be with or without reinforcement as required and of the class as specified. These shall conform to IS:458 1971. The reinforced cement concrete pipes shall be manufactured by centrifugal (or spun) process.
All pipes shall be true to shape, straight, perfectly sound and free from cracks and flaws. The external and internal surface of the pipes shall be smooth and hard. The pipes shall be free from defect resulting from imperfect grading of the aggregate mixing or moulding. The pipes shall be R C C light duty, NP2 and NP3 type.
1.1.2
Laying R C C spun pipes shall be laid on cement concrete bed of cradles as specified and shown on the detailed drawings. The cradles may be pre-cast and sufficiently cured to prevent cracks and breakage in handling. The invert of the cradles shall be left 12mm below the invert level of the pipe and properly placed on the soil to prevent any disturbance. The pipe shall then be placed on the bed concrete or cradles and set for the line and gradient by means of sight rods and boning rods, etc Cradles or concrete bed may be omitted, if directed by the Developers Representative.
1.1.3
Jointing
(Rigid Spigot and Socket Joint)
Hemp rope soaked in neat cement wash shall be passed round the joint and inserted in it by means of caulking tool. More skein of yarn shall be added and rammed home. Cement mortar with one part of cement and one part of sand and with minimum water content but on no account soft or sloppy, shall be carefully inserted, punched and caulked into the joint and more cement mortar added until the space of the joint has been
70
filled completely with tightly caulked mortar. The joint shall then be finished off nearly outside the socket at an angle of 45 deg.
1.1.4
Curing:
The joint shall be cured for at least seven days. Refilling at joints will be permitted only on satisfactory completion of curing period.
1.1.5
Cement Concrete for Pipe Supports:
Unless other wise directed by the Developers Representative cement concrete for bed, all round or in haunches shall be laid as follows:
RCC Pipes or I Pipes may be supported on brick masonry or precast RCC or in situ cradles. Cradles shall be as shown on the drawings.
Pipes in loose soil or above ground shall be supported on brick or stone masonry pillars as shown on the drawings.
1.6
Measurement
Excavation:
Measurement for excavation of pipes trenches shall be made per linear meter.
71
Trenches shall be measurement between outside walls of manholes at top and the depth shall be the average depth between the two ends to the nearest cm.
The rate quoted shall be for a depth upto 1.5 meter or as given in the bill of quantities.
Payment for trenches more than 1.5m in depth shall be made for extra depth as given in the Bill of Quantities and above the rate for depth upto 1.5m.
RCC Pipes shall be measured for the length of the pipe line per linear meter i.e.
Length between manholes shall recorded from inside of one manhole of inside of other manhole.
Length between gully trap and manhole shall be recorded between socket of pipe near gully trap and inside of manhole.
1.1.7
Stoneware Pipes
Stoneware pipes where used, shall be perfectly salt glazed, sound, free from cracks, deformities and imperfections in glazing. They shall be cylindrical, straight and of standard nominal diameter, length and depth of socket. They will be made of hard burnt stoneware of dark grey colour and thoroughly glazed and shall give a sharp clear note when struck with a light hammer. The pipe shall conform to the requirements of Indian Standards IS:651 and the sizes and make specified in the schedule of Quantities.
72
1.1.8
Gully Trap
Gully trap, where used, shall be conforming to IS:651. These shall be sound and free from visible defects such as hair cracks. There shall be no broken blisters. Each gully trap shall have one grating of square size corresponding to the dimensions of inlet of gully trap. It will also have a water tight CI cover with frame inside dimensions 300 x 300mm the cover weighting not less than 4.5 kg and the frame not less than 2.7 g. The grating cover and frame shall be of good casting and shall have truly square machined seating faces.
1.1.9
Cast Iron Manhole Cover and Frame The cast Iron Manhole cover and frame shall conform to IS:1726 and the grade and types have been specified in the schedule of quantities. The cover and frames shall be cleanly cast and they shall be free from air and sand holes and from cold shuts. They shall be neatly dressed and carefully trimmed. All castings shall be free from voids whether due to shrinkage, gas inclusion or other causes. Covers shall have a raised checkered design on the top surface to provide an adequate non-slip grip.
The covers and frames shall be coated with a black bituminous composition. The coating shall be smooth and tenacious. It shall not flow when exposed to a temperature of 63C and shall not brittle as to chip off temperature of 0C.
73
1.1.10 SFRC Manhole Cover and Frame
The Cast Iron Manhole Cover and Frame shall conform to latest IS specifications and the grade and types have been specified in the schedule of quantities. The cover and frames shall be cleanly cast and they shall be free from air and sand holes and from cold shuts. The shall be neatly dressed and carefully trimmed. All casting shall be free from voids whether due to shrinkage, gas inclusion or other causes. Covers shall have a raised checkered design on the top surface to provide an adequate non-slip grip.
2.
TRENCHES FOR PIPES AND DRAINS
2.1
General
All the material shall be new of best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the approval of the Architects. Drainage lines shall be laid to the required gradients and profiles. All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the local municipal by-law.
Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for the drainage system from the municipal or any other competent authority. Location of all manholes, catch basins etc shall be gotten confirmed by the Architects before the actual execution of work at site. All work shall be executed as directed by the Architects.
2.2
Alignment and Grade
The storm water drainage pipes hall be carefully laid to levels and gradients shown in the plans and sections but subject to
74
modifications as shall be ordered by the Architects from time to time to meet the requirements of the work. Great care shall be taken to prevent sand etc., from entering the pipes. The pipes between two manholes shall be laid truly in straight lines without vertical or horizontal undulation. The body of the pipes shall for its entire length rest on an even begin the trench and places shall be excavated to receive the collar for the purpose of jointing. No deviations from the lines, depth of cuttings or gradients called for on the drawings shall be permitted without the written approval of the Architect. All pipes shall be laid at least 60cms below the finished ground level or as called for on the drawings.
2.3
Setting out Trenches
The contractor shall set out all trenches, Manholes, chambers and such other works to true grades and alignments as called for. He shall provide the necessary instruments for setting out and verification of the same. All trenches shall be laid to true grade and in straight lines and as shown on the drawings. The trenches shall be laid to proper levels by the assistance of boning rods and sight rails which shall be fixed at intervals not exceeding 10 meters or as directed by the Architect.
2.5
The trenches for the pipes shall be excavated with bottoms formed to level and gradients as show on the drawings or as directed by the Architect. In soft and filled in ground the Architect may require the trenches to be excavated to a greater depth then the shown on the drawings and to fill up such additional excavation with concrete (1:4:8) consolidated to bring the excavation to the required levels as shown on the drawings. All exaction shall be property protected where necessary by suitable timbering, piling and sheeting as approved by the Architect. All timbering and sheeting when withdrawn shall be done gradually to avoid falls. All cavities be adequately filled and consolidated. No blasting shall be allowed without prior
75
approval in writing from the Architect. Where allowed it shall be carried out under thorough and competent supervision, with the written permission of the appropriate authorities taking full precaution connected with the blasting operations. All excavated earth shall be kept clear of the trenches to a distance equal to 75cms.
2.5
Obstruction of Roads
The contractor shall not occupy or obstruct by his operation more than one half of the width of any road or street and sufficient space shall then left for public and private transit. He shall remove the materials excavated and bring them back again when the trench is required to be refilled. The contractor shall obtain the consent of the Architect in writing before closing any road to vehicular traffic and the foot walks must be clear at all times.
2.6
Protection of Pipes etc.
All pipes water mains, cables etc. met in the course of excavation shall be carefully protected and supported. Care shall be taken not to disturb the cables the removal of which shall be arranged by the contractor with the written consent from the Owner.
2.7
Trench Back Filling Refilling of the trenches shall not be commenced until the length of pipes therein has been tested and approved. All timbering which may be withdrawn safely shall be removed as filling proceeds. Where the pipes are unprotected by concrete hunching selected fine material shall be carefully hand-packed around the lower half of the pipes so as to buttress them to the sides of the trench.
76
The refilling shall then be continued to 150mm over the top of the pipe using selected fine hand picked material, watered and rammed on both sides of the pipes with a wooden hammer. The process of filling and tamping shall proceed evenly in layers not exceeding 150mm thickness, each layer being watered and consolidated so as to maintain an equal pressure on the sides of the pipe line. In gardens and fields the top soil and turf if any, shall be carefully replaced.
2.8
Contractor to ensure Settlement and Damages
The contractor shall at his own costs and charges, make good promptly during the whole period for the works in hand, any settlement that may occur in the surfaces of roads, beams, footpaths, gardens, open spaces etc. whether public or private caused by his trenches or by his other excavations and he shall be liable for any accident caused thereby. He shall also, at his own expense and charges, repair and make good and damage done to building and other property. It in the opinion of the Architects he fails to make good such work with all practicable dispatch, the Architect shall be at his liberty to get the work done by other means and the expenses thereof shall be paid by the contractor or deducted from any money that maybe or become due to him or recovered from him any other manner according to the law of the land.
The contractor shall at his own costs and charges provide places for disposal of all surplus materials not required to be used on the works. As each trench is refilled in the surplus soil shall be immediately removed, the surface properly restored and roadways and side left clear.
77
2.9 Removal of water from Sewer, trench etc
The contractor shall at all times during the progress of work keep the excavations free from water which shall be disposed by him in a manner as well neither cause injury to the public health nor to the public or private property or to the work completed or in progress or to the surface of any road or streets, nor cause any interference with the use of the same by the public.
If any excavation is carried out at any point or points to a greater width than the specified cross section of the sewer with its envelope, the full width of the trench shall be filled with concrete by the contractor at his own expense and to the requirements of the Architects.
3.0
TESTING
All lengths of the seer and drain shall be carefully tested for water tightness by means of water pressure maintained for not less than 30 minutes. Testing shall be carried out from manhole to manhole. All pipes shall be subject to a test pressure of 1.5 meter head of water. The test pressure will however, not exceed 6 meters head at any point. The pipes shall be plugged preferably with standard design plugs or with rubber plugs on both sides, the upper end shall however, be connected to a pipe for filling with water and getting the required head poured at one time.
78
Sewer lines shall be tested for straightness by:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Inserting a smooth ball 12mm less than the internal diameter of the pipe. In the absence of obstructions such as yarn or mortar projecting at the joints the ball should roll down the invert of the pipe and emerge at the lower end. Means of a mirror at one end and a lamp at the other end. It the pipe is straight the full circle of light will be seen other wise obstructions or deviations with be apparent. The contractor shall give a smoke test to the drain ands sewer at his own expense and charges, if directed by the Architect. A test register shall be maintained which shall be signed and dated by the contractor, Architect and representative of consultants.
4.0 4.1
FIXING OF GULLY TRAP The excavation for gully traps shall be done true to dimensions and levels as indicated on plans or as directed by the Architect. The fully traps shall be fixed on cement concrete foundation 65cm square and not less than 10cm thick/ The mix for the concrete will be 1:4:8:. The jointing of gully outlet to the branch drain shall be done similar to the jointing of pipes described earlier. After fixing and testing gully and branch drain, a brick work of specified class in cement mortar 1:5 shall be built with a half brick masonry work round the gully trap from the top of the bed concrete upto ground level. The space between the chamber wall and trap shall be filled in with cement concrete 1:3:6. The upper portion of the chamber i.e. above the top level of the rap shall be plastered inside with cement mortar 1:3 finished with a floating coast of neat cement. The corners and bottom of the chamber shall be rounded off so as slops towards the grating.
79
CI cover with frame 300 x 300mm (inside) shall then be fixed on the top of the brick masonry with cement concrete 1:2:4 and rendered smooth. The finished top of cover shall be so as to exclude the surface water from entering the gully trap.
4.2
Measurements Gully traps shall be measured by the number and rate which shall include all excavation, foundation, concrete, brick masonry, cement plaster inside and outside, CI grating and sealed cover and frame.
5.0
CONNTRUCTION OF MANHOLE Where manholes are to be constructed, the exaction, filling back and ramming, disposal of surplus earth, preparation of bottom and sides etc. shall be carried out as described earlier under trench exaction. Manhole shall be sized and depths as called for in the drawings and Schedule of Quantities.
The manhole shall be built on a base concrete 1:2:4 of 150mm thickness for manholes upto 1500mm depth and 250mm thickness for manholes from 1500 to 2500mm depth and 300mm thickness manholes of depth greater than 2500mm. Reinforcement as shown shall be provided in the base slabs. The walls shall be of brick work of thickness as shown in drawings built in cement mortar 1:5. The joints of brick work shall be raked and plastered internally and externally with cement plaster 1:3 to a thickness of 20mm and finished with a coat of neat cement. In the bottom of the manholes, semi circular channels of the same diameter as the pipes shall be provided.
Above the horizontal diameter the sides of cannel shall be extended vertically to the same level as the crown of the outgoing pipe and the top edge shall be suitably rounded off.
80
The branch channels shall also be similarly constructed with respect to the benching but at their junction with the main channel an appropriate fall suitably rounded of in the direction of flow in the main channel shall be given. Rungs of cast or mild steel of suitable dimension shall be provided in all manholes over 800mm depth. These rungs shall be set a 30cm interval in two vertical runs at 380mm apart horizontally. The top rung shall be 450mm below the manhole cover. Unless otherwise mentioned, manholes shall be constructed to requirements of Indian Standard IS 4111 (Par I) All manholes shall be constructed so as to to be water tight under test. All angles shall be rounded to a 75mm radius with cement plaster 20mm thick. The benching at the side shall be carried up in such manner as to provide no lodgment for any splashing in case of accidental flooding. Manhole cover with frame shall be SFRC of an approved make. The cover and frame shall generally be double seal as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.
5.2
Measurements Manhole shall e measured in numbers as indicated in the Bill of Quantity. The depth of manhole shall be measured from invert of channel to the top of manhole shall be measured from invert of channel to the top of manhole cover. Quoted rate shall cover the range of # 2.24 meter on the depth specified in schedule and also the cost of item specified in the Bill of Quantities and specifications viz. Manhole with depth greater than specified under the main item shall be paid for under Extra Depth and shall include all items as given for manholes depth will be measured to the nearest cm. Depth of the manholes shall be measured from top of the manhole cover to bottom of channel. a) b) c) d) e) Bed Concrete Brick work Plastering RCC top slab, benching and channeling including drop connections. Supply and fix foot rest
81
f) g) Keeping holes and embedding pipes for all the connections Excavation, refilling, necessary de watering and disposing off surplus soil to a place as directed by clients Representative. Curing Cost of frame and cast iron cover including reinforcement, angle frame and embedding the frame in concrete bed. Testing De-watering of chambers.
h) i)
j) k)
**************************************************
82
EXTERNAL AND G I WATER SUPPLY 1. PIPING SYSTEM The piping system consists of heave class galvanized iron pipes and fittings conforming to IS:1239. The sizes and makes is specified in the Schedule of Quantities. Outside the building the piping shall be installed at least 1m blow the finished grade level.
2.
PIPING MATERIAL
The pipes shall be galvanized mild steel welded (ERW) or (HFW) screwed and socketed conforming to the requirements of IS:1239. The Galvanizing shall conform to IS:4736, the zinc coating shall be uniform, adherent reasonably smooth and free from such imperfections as flux. Ash and drops inclusions, bare patches, black spots, pimples, lumpiness, runs, rust strains, bulky white deposits and blisters. The pipes and sockets shall be clearly finished, well galvanized and out and free from cracks, surface flaws lamination and other defects. All screw threads shall be clean and well cut. The ends shall be cut cleanly and square with the axis of the pipe.
The fittings shall be malleable iron and comply with all the requirements that of pipes. The sizes of pipes and fitting are specified in the schedule of quantities.
2.2
Valves & Controls All valves (gate, globe, check, safety) shall be of gun metal suitable for the particular service as called for. All valves shall be of the particular duty and design as called for. Valves shall either be of screwed type or flanged type, as specified, with suitable flanges and non-corrosive bolts and gaskets. Tail pieces as required shall be supplied along with valves. Gate,
83
globe and check valves shall conform to Indian Standard IS:776 and non-return valves and swing check type reflux to IS:5312.
Sluice valves, where called for shall be flanged sluice valves of cast iron body. The spindle, wall seat and wedge nuts shall be gunmetal. They shall generally have non-rising spindly and shall be of the particular duty and design called for. The valves shall be supplied with suitable flanges, non-corrosive bolts and asbestos fire gaskets. Sluice valves shall conform to Indian Standard IS:780 and IS:2906.
Ball valves with floats to be fixed in storage tanks shall consist of cast brass lever arm having copper balls (26 SWG) screwed to the arm integrally. The copper ball shall have bronze welded seams. The closing opening mechanism incorporating the position and cylinder shall be non-corrosive metal and include washers. The size and construction of ball valves and float shall be suitable for desired working pressure operating the supply system. Where called for brass valves shall be supplied with brass hexagonal back nuts to secure them to the tanks and a socket to connect to supply pipe.
3.
Water Meters
Water meter of approved make and design shall be supplied for installation at location as shown. The water meters shall meet with the approval of local supply authorite3s. Suitable valves and chambers or wall meter box to house the meters shall also the be provided along with the meters.
The meters shall conform to Indian Standard IS: 779 and IS: 2373. Provision shall also be made to lock the water meter. The provision shall be such that the lock is conveniently operated from the top. Where the provision is designed for use
84
in conjunction with padlocks, the hole provided for padlocks shall be a diameter not less than 4mm.
4.
Lawn Hydrants
Lawn hydrants shall be of 20mm size unless otherwise indicated. All hydrants shall be provided with gate valves and threaded nipple to receive hose pipes. Lawn hydrant valves shall be of approved make and design. Where specified lawn hydrants shall be located in masonry chambers of appropriate size.
5.
Jointing of GI Pipes
Galvanized iron pipes hall be jointed with threaded and socket joints, using threaded fittings. Care shall be taken to remove any burr from the end of the pipes after treading. White lead or an equivalent jointing compound of proprietary make shall be used, according to the manufacturers instructions, with a grommet of a few strands of fine yarn while tightening. Compounds containing red lead shall not be used because of the danger of the danger of contamination of water. Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted with bituminous paint to prevent corrosion. Pipes and joints laid for water supply shall be tested to a pressure of 7 kg per Sq. cm.
6.
Jointing of Water Fittings
Unless otherwise specified all Gunmetal fittings such as gate, globe, check and safety valves shall be fitted in pipe line in workman like manner. Necessary unions shall be provided on both ends of the valves for easy replacement.
85
The joints between fittings and pipes shall be leak-proof when tested to a pressure. The defective fittings and joints shall be replaced or redone.
7.
Installation of Water Meter and Stop Cock
The G I Lines shall be cut to the required lengths at the position where the meter and stop cock are required to be fixed. Then end at the pipe shall be threaded. The meter and stop cock shall be fixed in a position by means of connecting pipes, GI jam nut and socket etc. The stop cock shall be fixed near the inlet of the water meter. The paper disc inserted in the ripples of the meter shall be removed. And the meter installed exactly horizontal or vertical in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of the meter. Care shall be taken that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed. Wherever, the meter shall be fixed to a newly fitted pipe line, the pipe line shall have to be completely washed before fitting the meter.
8.
TESTING
All external water supply pipe shall be tested by hydrostatic pressure of 1.5 times the working pressure or 7.5 kg/Sq. cm whichever is more.
Pressure shall be maintained for a period of at least 180 minutes without any drop in the pressure after fixing at site.
In addition to the sectional testing carried out during the construction. Contractor shall test the entire installation after connections to the hydro pneumatic system of pumping system.
86
He shall rectify all leakages and shall replace all defective materials in the system. Any damage done due to careless will has to be replaced by the contractor.
The initial back fill shall be placed evenly in a layer of about 100mm thick. This shall be properly consolidated and this shall be continued till there is a cushion of at least 300mm of cover over the pipe.
The joint or coupling during the testing of mains shall be left exposed for inspection before cover-up, sufficient back fill shall be placed on the pipe to resist the movement due to pressure while testing. In this way if any error if workmanship will be found shall immediately corrected at a minimum cost.
9.
MASONRY CHAMBER:
All masonry chambers for stop cocks, sluice valves and meter etc. shall be built as per supplied drawings.
The excavation for chambers shall be done true to dimension and level indicated on plans or as directed by the Developers Representative.
87
Concrete shall be of cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 fine sand: 6 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size)
Plastering not less than 12mm thick shall be done in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement.
10
MEASUREMENTS
All GI pipes below ground shall be measured per linear meters (to the nearest cm and shall be inclusive of all fittings e.g. coupling tees, bends, elbows, unions, deduction for valves shall be made rate quoted shall be inclusive of all fittings.
88
PUMPS AND ASSOCIATED WORKS PUMPS CAPACITY: Water flow capacity and head of the pumps shall be in accordance with the requirement of schedule of quantities
89
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS
90
GENERAL AND THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
SCOPE
This chapter covers the general technical requirements and the measurement of the various components in the internal electrical installation works.
TERMINOLOGY
The definition of the terms shall be in the accordance with the IS 732 -1989 ( INDIAN STANDARD CODE OF THE PRACTICE FOR THE ELECTRICAL WIRING ), except for the definitions of the point, circuit, and the submission wiring, which are defined in the clauses 2.2.1, 2.3.1, and 2.3.2 hereunder, some of the commonly used terms are indicated in the appendix A.
The conventional signs and the symbols for the technical work shall be as shown in the appendix B
POINT WIRING
Definition:
A point (other than the socket outlet point) shall include all the work necessary in complete wiring to the following outlets from the controlling switch or the MOB. The scope of the wiring for a point shall, however, include the wiring work necessary in the tapping from the point in the same distribution circuit.
Ceiling rose or the connector (I n the case of the points for the ceiling or the exhaust fan points, rewired light fittings and the call bells)
91
Ceiling rose in the case of the pendants.
Back plate in the case of the stiff pendants.
Lamp holder in the case of the goose neck type wall brackets, batten holders and the fittings which are not rewired) NOTE: In the case of the call bell points the words from the controlling switch or the MCB shall be read as from the ceiling rose meant for connection to the bell push. SCOPE Following shall be deemed to be included in the point wiring. All materials should be in the right condition (a) Conduit or the casing and capping or the batten as the case may be, accessories for the same and the writing cables between the switch box and the point outlet.
(b)
All fixing accessories such as the clips, nails, screws, Phil plug, raw plug etc, as required
(c)
Mechanical protection of batten wiring up to 1.5m from the floor and at locations where wiring is liable to be damaged.
(d)
Metal or PVC switch boxes for control switches, regulators, sockets etc, recessed or surface type, and phenolic laminated sheet covers over the same.
(e)
Outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull through boxes etc, but excluding metal boxes if any, provided with switch boards for loose wires /conduit terminations.
(f)
Any special block required for neatly housing the connector in batten wiring system.
92
(g) Control switch or MCB, as specified.
(h)
3 pin or 6 pin pocket, ceiling rose or connector as required. (2 pin and 5 pin socket outlet shall not be permitted)
. (i) Connections to ceiling rose, connector, socket outlet, lamp holder, switch etc.
(j)
Interconnecting wiring between points on the same circuit, in the same switch box or from another.
(k)
Protective (loop earthling) conductor from one metallic switch box to another in the distribution circuits, and for socket outlets.(The length of protective conductor run along with the circuits/submains is excluded from the scope of points).
(L)
Bushed conduit or porcelein tubing where cables pass through the wall etc.
2.2.3 MEASUREMENT
2.2.3.1 Point wiring (other than socket outlet points)
(i)
Unless and otherwise specified, there shall be no linear measurement for point wiring for light points, fan points, exhaust fan points and call bell points. These shall be measured on unit basis by the counting, and classified as laid down in the 2:2:3:2.(see also clause 2.4(ii) )
(ii)
No separate measurement will be made for interconnections between points in the same distribution circuit and for the circuit protective (Loop earthing) conductors between metallic switch boxes.
93
2.2.3.2 CLASSIFICATION
Points measured under 2.2.3.1 on unit basis shall be classified as under according to the type of building.
(i)
Residential buildings:
(a)
Group A, for point wiring for type I, type II and type III residential quarters and hostels.
Group B, for point wiring for type 4 and above type of residential quarters and barracks.
(ii)
Non residential buildings:
Group c, for all types of the nonresidential buildings such as offices, hospitals, laboratories, educational institutions, libraries etc.
(iii)
For any other type of building, the group under which the points are to be classified shall be decided by the concerned Chief Engineer (Elec).
2.2.3.3 Point wiring for socket outlet points
(i)
The light plug(5A/6A) point and the power(15a/16A) point wiring shall be measured on the linear basis, from the respective tapping point of the live cable, namely, switch box, another socket outlet point, or the sub distribution board as the case may be, upto the socket outlet.
(ii)
The metal / PVC box with cover, switch / mcb, socket out let and other accessories shall be measured and paid as a separate item.
94
Note: There shall normally be no on the board light plug point.
(iii)
The power point outlay may be 15/5 A or 16 /6 A six pin socket outlet, where so specified in the tender documents.
2.2.3.4 Group control points wiring
(i)
In the case of the points with more than one point controlled by the same switch, such points shall be measured in the parts i.e. (a) From the switch to the first point outlet as one point and classified according to 2.2.3.2 and (b) For The subsequent points, the distance from that outlet to the next one and so on, shall be treated as separate points and classified according to 2.2.3.2.
(ii)
No recovery shall be made for the non- provision of more than one Switch in such cases.
2.2.3.5 Twin control light points wiring
(i)
A light point controlled by two numbers of two way switches shall be measured as the two points from the fittings to the switches on either side and classified according to 2.2.3.2.
(ii)
No recovery shall be made for the non- provision of more than one ceiling rose or connector in such cases.
2.2.3.6 Multiple controlled call bell points wiring
(i)
In the case of call bell points with a single call bell outlet, controlled from more than one place, the points shall be measured in parts i.e. (a) from the call bell outlet to one of the
95
nearest ceiling roses meant for connection to bell push, treated as one point and classified according to 2.2.3.2 and, (b) From that ceiling rose to the next one and so on, shall be treated as separate point(s) and classified according to 2.2.3.2
(ii)
No recovery shall be made for non provision of more than one ceiling rose or connector for connection to call bell in such cases.
2.3 CIRCUIT AND SUBMAINS WIRING
2.3.1 CIRCUIT WIRING
Circuit wiring shall mean the wiring from the distribution board upto the tapping point for the nearest first point of that distribution circuit, viz, up to the nearest first switch box.
2.3.2 Submains wiring
Submain wiring shall mean the wiring from one main / distribution switchboard to another. 2.3.3 MEASUREMENT OF CIRCUIT AND THE SUBMAIN WIRING
(i)
Circuit and submains wiring shall be measured on linear basis along the run of the wiring. The measurement shall include all lengths from end to end of wood batten or conduit or casing and capping as the case may be, exclusive of interconnections inside the switch board etc. The increase on account of diversion or slackness shall not be included in the measurement.
(ii)
The length of circuit wiring with two wires shall be measured from the distribution board to the first nearest switch box in the circuit irrespective of whether the neutral conductor is taken to switch box or not.
96
(iii) When wires of different circuits are grouped in a single conduit / casing and capping, the same shall be measured on linear basis depending on the actual number and sizes of wires run.
(4)
When circuit wires and wires of point wiring are run in the same conduit / casing and capping, circuit wiring shall be measured on linear basis depending on the actual number and sizes of wires run in the existing conduit/casing capping.
(5) Protective ( Loop earthing conductors such are run along the circuit wiring and the sub main wiring shall be measured on linear basis and paid per separately.
OTHERS WIRING WORKS
(i)
Except as specified above for the points wiring and the submains wiring. Other types of wiring shall be measured separately on linear basis along the run of wiring depending on the actual number and size of wires run.
(ii)
REWIRING
The scope of the work of the rewiring items provided in the schedule of the rates (Part one -internal), 1994 included only the replacement of wires. Replacement of switches and other accessories shall be covered by the relevant and the corresponding item in the schedule.
2.5
SYSTEM OF DISTRIBUTION AND WIRING
2.5.1. CONTROL AT THE POINT OF ENTRY OF SUPPLY
There shall be a linked switch with fuse or the circuit breaker on each live conductor of the supply mains at the point of entry.
97
2.5.2
DISTRIBUTION
(1)
The wiring shall be done on a distribution system through main and/ or branch distribution boards. The system designs as well as the locations of boards shall be as specified by the engineerin- charge.
(2)
Main distribution board shall be controlled by a circuit breaker or linked switch with the fuse. Each outgoing circuit shall be controlled by a switch with fuse, circuit breaker or only a fuse on the phase of live conductor(as in the case of a TPDB).
(3)
The branch distribution board shall be controlled by a linked switch fuse or circuit breaker. Each outgoing circuit shall be provided with a fuse or miniature circuit breaker (MCB) of specified rating on the phase or live conductor.
(4) Triple pole distribution boards shall not be used for final circuit distribution, unless specific approval of the engineerin -charge is obtained. In such special cases, the triple pole distribution boards shall be of the HRC fuse type or the mcb type only. (5) The loads of the circuits shall be divided as far as possible, evenly between the numbers of ways of the distribution boards, leaving at least one spare circuit for future extension.
(6)
The neutral conductors (incoming and outgoing) shall be connected to a common link (multi-way connector) in the distribution board and be capable of being disconnected individually for the testing purposes.
(7)
Power wiring shall be kept separate and distinct from lighting, wiring, from the level of circuits i.e., beyond the branch distribution boards.
98
(8)
Wiring shall be separate for the essential loads (i.e., those fed through standby supply) and non essential loads throughout.
2.5.3. Balancing of the circuits
(1)
The balancing of circuits in three wire or poly phase installations shall be arranged before hand to the satisfaction of the engineer -in - charge.
(2)
Circuits on opposite poles of a three wire D.C. system shall be kept apart unless they are enclosed in earthed metal casing, suitably marked to indicate the risk of shock due to the voltage between the conductors contained in them.
2.5.4. WIRING SYSTEM
(1)
Unless and otherwise specified in the tender documents, wiring shall be done only by the Looping system. Phase or live conductors shall be looped at the switch boxes and neutral conductors at the point outlets.
(2)
Where joint box system is specified in the tender documents, all joints in the conductors shall be made by the means of approved mechanical connectors in suitable and approved junction boxes.
(3)
Lights, fans and call bells shall be wired in the lighting circuits. 15A /16A sockets outlets and the other power outlets shall be wired in the power circuits.5A/6A socket outlets shall also be wired in the power circuit both in the residential as well as non residential buildings.
99
(4)
The wiring throughout the installation shall be such that there in no break in the neutral wire except in the form of a linked switch gear.
2.5.5 RUN OF WIRING
(1)
The type of the wiring shall be as specified in the tender documents namely wood batten, casing and capping or the conduit.
(2)
Surface wiring shall run, as far as possible, along the walls and ceiling so as to be easily accessible for the inspection
(3)
In no case, the open wiring shall be run above the false ceiling without the approval of the engineerin- charge.
(4)
In all types of wiring, due consideration shall be given for neatness, good appearance and the safety.
2.5.6 (1)
PASSING THROUGH WALLS OR FLOORS When wiring cables are to pass through a wall, these shall be taken through a protection (STEEL OR PVC) pipes or porcelain tube of the suitable size such that they pass through in a straight line without twist or cross in them on either end of such holes. The end of metallic pipe shall be neatly bushed with the porcelain, PVC or other approved material
(2)
Where a wall pipe passes outside a building as to be exposed to weather, the outer end shall be bell mouthed and turned downwards and properly bushed on the open end.
(3)
Protection pipe shall be provided for the button wiring passing through floors as specified in the clause 3.6 of these specifications.
100
(4)
All floor openings for carrying any wiring shall be suitably sealed after the installation.
JOINTS IN WIRING
(1)
No bare conductor in phase and /or the neutral or twisted joints in the phase, neutral, and /or protective conductors in the wiring shall be permitted.
(2)
There shall be no joints in the through runs of the cable. If the length of final circuit or submains is more than the length of a standard coil, thus necessitating a through joint, such joints shall be made by means of approved mechanical connectors in the suitable juncture boxes.
(3)
Termination of multithreaded conductors shall be done using suitable crimping type thimbles.
2.6 RATINGS OF THE OUTLETS
(1)
Incandescent lamps in the residential and the non residential buildings shall be rated at 60 watt and the 100 watts respectively.
(2)
Ceiling fans shall be rated at sixty watt. Exhaust fan, fluorescent tubes, compact fluorescent tubes; hpmv lamps, hpsv, etc. shall be rated according to their capacity. Control gear losses shall be also considered as applicable.
(3)
5A / 6A and 15A/16A socket outlet points shall be rated at 100 w and 1000 w respectively, unless the actual values of loads are specified.
101
2.7. CAPACITY OF CIRCUITS
(1)
LIGHTING CIRCUIT SHALL not have more than a total of ten points of light, fan and the socket outlets or a total connected load of 800watts which ever is less.
(2)
Power circuit shall be designed with only one outlet per circuit in the nonresidential buildings. The circuit shall be designed based on the load. Where not specified, the load shall be taken as 1 K.W. per outlet.
(3)
Power circuit in the residential buildings shall be designed for not more than two outlets (15 A /16 A and /or 5A/6A) per circuit. The rating for load calculations purpose shall however be taken as per the type of outlets.
(4)
Load more than 1 kW shall be controlled by an isolator or miniature circuit breaker.
2.8 CONFORMITY TO THE IE, ACT, IE RULES, AND THE STANDARDS
(1)
All the electrical works shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Electricity Act of the 1956 amended up to date. List of the rules of the particular importance to the building installations is given in the appendix c for the reference.
(2)
The works shall also conform to relevant Indian standard codes of the practice (cop) for the type of work involved. (See Appendix D)
(3)
In all the electrical installation works, relevant safety codes of practice shall be followed. Guidelines on safety procedures outlines in appendix E should be adopted.
102
2.9 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF COMPONENTS
2.9.1
QUALITY OF MATERIALS
All materials and the equipments supplied by the contractor shall be new. They shall be of such design, size and the material as to satisfactorily function under the rated conditions of the operation and to withstand the environmental conditions at the site.
2.9.2
RATINGS OF THE COMPONENTS
A).
All components in a wiring installation shall be of the appropriate ratings of the voltage, current and the frequency as required at the respective sections of the electrical installation in which they are used.
B)
All conductors, switches and the accessories shall be of the size as to be capable of carrying the maximum current which will normally flow through them, without their respective ratings being exceeded.
2.9.3
CONFORMITY TO THE STANDARDS
A)
All the components shall conform to the relevant Indian standard specification, wherever existing. Materials with the IS I certification mark shall be preferred. However, for the conduits, wiring cables, piano or the tumbler switches and the socket outlets, ISI marked materials shall only be permitted.
B)
A broad list of the relevant Indian standards is given in the appendix D these Indian standards, including amendments or revisions thereof up to the date of the tender acceptance, shall be applicable in the respective contracts.
103
2.9.4 Interchangeability
Similar parts of all switches, lamp holders, distribution fuse boards, switchgears, ceiling roses, brackets, pendants, fans and all other fittings of the same type shall be interchangeable in the each installation.
2.9.5
CATEGORIZATION OF THE COMPONENTS
(A)
Makes of the certain items of the materials are categorized from time to time by the Consultancy division N.B.C.C and included in the approved make of the list the rates be used in the work.
(B)
For the items of the materials for which makes are approved by the department, only such approved makes shall be permitted in the work.
2.9.6
SPECIAL RISKS
Special forms of the construction such as flame proof enclosures shall be adopted where there is a risk of fire, or explosion and wherever indicated in the tender documents.
2.10
CABLES
2.10.1 WIRING CABLES 1) a) CONDUCTORS of the wiring cables ( other than the flexible cables)shall be of aluminum or copper, as specified.
b)
The Govt of India in the Gazette notification issued vide order dated 7.5.91 of the Department of Industrial Development under the Ministry of Industry has withdrawn its earlier ban on the use of copper in the manufacture of the PVC and VIR wires of the
104
domestic type. Consequently, it is left to the discretion of the technically sanctioning autorority to use either aluminum or the copper wiring in any building or the installation. However, wiring for the socket outlets in all residential and the non residential buildings shall be done by using copper conductor cables only.
(2)
The smallest size of the conductor for lighting circuits shall have a normal cross sectional area of not less than 1.5 sq mm. The minimum size of the conductor for the power wiring shall be 4.0 sq mm.
(3)
Stranded aluminium conductor shall not be used in wiring cables up to and including 6 sq mm size.
2.10.2 Flexible cables
(1)
Conductor of flexible cables shall be of copper. The minimum cross sectional area of conductor for flexible cable shall be o.ooo6 sq inch (14/.0076 or 14/0.193 mm)
(2)
Only three crore flexible cables shall be used for connecting single phase appliances.
(3)
Unless the flexible cables are mechanically protected by armour, or tough rubber, or PVC sheath, these shall not be used in workshops and other places where they are liable to mechanical damage.
(4)
Flexible cable connection to bell push from ceiling rose shall be taken through steel conduit / metallic casing and the capping.
105
2.11 Wiring accessories
2.11.1 Control switches for points
1. Control switches (single pole switches) carrying not more than 16 A may be of tumbler or piano type, as specified, and the switch shall be on when the knob is down.
2. Control switches of 15A/16A rating may preferably be only of tumbler type. If, however, piano type switch is used for controlling a socket outlet, combined switch cum socket shall not be permitted.
3. The type and current rating of switch controlling a group of points, or discharge lamps, or a single large load, shall be suitable for the respective loads and as specified in the tender documents.
4. Power (15A/16A) outlets shall be controlled by single pole tumbler type switches or by mcb, where specified. Only mcb shall be used for controlling industrial type socket outlets, and power outlets above 1 KW.
5. Control switch shall be placed only in the live conductor of the circuit. No single pole switch or the fuse shall be inserted in the protective (EARTH) conductor, or earthed neutral conductor of the circuit.
2.11.2 SOCKET OUTLETS
1.
Socket outlets shall be of the same type, namely, piano type or tumbler type, as their control switches. These shall be rated either for 5A/6A, or 15A/16A. Combined 5A/15A or 6A/16A six pin socket outlet may be provided in power circuits only where specified.
2. (a)
In an earthed system of supply, socket outlets and plugs shall only be of three pin type, the third pin shall be connected to earth through protective(loop earthing)
106
conductor. 2 pin or 5 pin sockets shall not be permitted to be used.
(b)
Conductors connecting electrical appliances with the socket outlets shall be of flexible twin cord with an Earthing cord, which shall be secured by connecting between earth terminal of plug and the metallic body of electrical appliance.
(3)
Sockets for the power outlets of rating above 1 k.w. shall be of industrial type with associated plug top and controlling MCB.
(4)
Where specified, shutter type (interlocking type) of socket shall be used.
(5)
A socket outlet shall not embody fuse terminal as integral part of if. But the fuse may be embodied in plug, in which case the plug shall be non reversible and shall be so arranged and connected that the fuse is connected to phase, or live conductor, or the non earthed conductor of the circuit.
(6)
Every socket outlet shall be controlled by a switch or mcb, as specified. The control switch/MCB shall be connected on the live side of the line.
(7)
Outlet boxes for socket outlets (both 15A/16A and 5A/6A) and the five a or the six points in the residential buildings shall be of size 175 mm* 100mm.
(8)
5A/6A and 15A/16A socket outlets shall be installed at the following positions, unless otherwise specified.
(a)
Non residential buildings- 23 cm above floor level.
(b)
Kitchen -23 cm above working platform and away from the likely positions of stove and sinks
107
. (c) Bathroom- no socket outlet is permitted for connecting a portable appliance there to. MCB /IC switch may be provided above 2.1 m for fixed appliances, and at least 1 m away from shower.
(d)
Rooms in residence- 23 cm above floor level or any other level in special cases as desired by the engineer -in - charge.
(9)
Unless and otherwise specified, the control switches for the 5A/6A and 15A/16A socket outlets shall be kept along with the socket outlets.
2.11.3 SWITCH BOX COVERS
Phenolic laminated sheets of approved shade shall be used for switch box covers, these shall be of 3 mm thick synthetic phenolic resin bonded laminated sheet as base material and conforming to grade p-I of the IS: 2036 -1974.
NOTE: Specification for switch boxes are covered in the chapters on the various types of wiring.
2.11.4 CEILING ROSE
1.
A ceiling rose shall not be used on a circuit, the voltage of which normally exceeds 250V.
2.
Only one flexible cord shall be connected to a ceiling rose. Specially designed ceiling roses shall be used for multiple pendants.
3.
A ceiling rose shall not embody fuse terminal as an integral part of it.
108
2.11.5 LAMP HOLDERS
(1)
Lamp holders may be of batten, angle, and pendant or bracket holder type as required.
The holder shall be made of the brass and shall be rigid enough to maintain shape on application of a nominal external pressure. There should be sufficient threading for fixing the base to the lamp holder part so that they do not open out during attention to the lamp or shade.
(2)
Lamp holders for the use on bracket and the like shall have not less than 1.3 cm nipple, and all those for use with flexible pendant shall be provided with cord grips.
(3)
All lamp holders shall be provided with shade carriers.
(4)
Where centre contact Edison screw lamp holders are used, the outer or the screw contact shall be connected to the middle wire or the neutral conductor of the circuit.
109
2.12
FITTINGS
2.12.1 TYPES The type of the fittings shall be as specified in tender documents 2.12.2 INDOOR TYPE FITTINGS (1) Where conductors are required to be drawn through tube or channel leading to the fittings, the tube or channel must be free from sharp angles or projecting edge, and of such size as will enable them to be wired with the conductors used for the final circuit without removing the braiding or sheathing. As far as possible all such tubes or channels should be of sufficient size to permit looping back. fixed
(2) Pendants in the verandahs and similar situations exposed to wind shall be of rod type. (3)
Vitreous enameled iron shade be of size 250mm * 90 mm (nominal size with a tolerance of 5mm). Plastic shade should not be generally used in fittings suitable for incandescent lamps.
(4)
Wires used within prewired fittings shall be flexible with PVC insulation and 14/0.193mm (minimum) copper conductors. The leads shall be terminated on built-in terminal block, ceiling rose or connector, as required.
(5)
Fittings using discharge lamps shall be complete with power factor correction capacitors, either integrally or the externally. An earth terminal with suitable marking shall be provided for each fitting for discharge lamps.
(6)
Fittings shall be installed such that the lamp is at a height of 2.5 m above floor level, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer- in- charge.
110
2.12.3 BULK HEAD FITTINGS
Bulk head fittings shall be of the cast iron /cast aluminum body, suitably painted white inside and the grey outside, complete with the heat resistant glass cover, gasket, BC .lamp holder for 100w incandescent lamp, and wire guard.
2.12.4 Outdoor fittings
Fittings for outdoor use shall be of appropriate (weather proof) design so as to effectively prevent the entry of moisture. Flexible cord conductors and the cord grip lamp must not be used where exposed to weather.
2.13
SWITCHGEAR AND THE CONTROL GEAR GENERAL ASPECTS
(1)
All Items of switchgear and distribution boards shall be metal clad type, except those forming part of cubicle type switch boards, in which case the board design shall be such as not to permit direct contact.
(2)
The type, ratings and /categories of switchgear and the protective gear shall be as specified in the tender schedule of work.
(3)
RCDs (ELCBs) where specified, shall conform to the requirements of current rating, fault rating, single phase or three phase configuration and sensitivity laid down in the tender documents.
(4)
While each outgoing way of distribution board (DB) shall be of fuse, or miniature circuit breaker (MCB) as specified, and of the suitable rating on the phase conductor, the corresponding earthed neutral conductor shall be connected to a common neutral terminal block and .shall be capable of being disconnected individually for testing purposes.
111
(5) Independent earth terminal block
Every distribution board ( Single phase as well as three phase ) shall have an earth terminal block identical to, but independent form the neutral terminal block to enable terminatation of the protective ( LOOP EARTHING ) conductors(incoming as well as well as outgoings) individually by screwed connection and without twisting. . .(6) Earthing terminal (1 for single phase 2 for the 3 phases) shall be provided on the metal cladding of the switches and the DBs for the body earthing.These shall be suitably marked.
(7)
Knock out the holes, with or without end plates as per standard design of the manufacturers, shall be provided in the metal cladding of switches and DBs for termination of conduits/ cables..
(8)
Each distribution board shall be provided with a circuit list giving details of the each circuit which it controls and the current rating of the circuits, and the size of fuse element.
2.14
REWIRE ABLE TYPE IRON CLAD DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
(1)
ICDBs may be used only in the single phase ac application at the final distribution board level for a maximum continuous loading of 15A/ way.
(2)
ICDB shall be of 2, 4, 6 or the 8 ways as specified.
(3)
ICDBs shall be of surface mounting type only.
(4)
The bus-bar used shall be solid electrolytic copper of appropriate section.
112
(5)
Consumer unit.
Where specified, the controlling switchgear may form part of the ICCB as a consumer unit. The number and the rating of the outgoings as per above and the incomer rating shall be specified in such units. Busbar in such units shall also be correspondingly shorter. The interconnection shall be done between the incomer and outgoings as part of the DB in the works.
2.15
HRC TYPE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
1.
HRC type distribution board shall be used in selected locations (See also clause 2.5.2 (04) the rating shall be 16/32/63/100A per way and the number of ways shall be four or eight as a tpndb as specified.
2.
These shall be dust and vermin proof conforming to Ip 42, and fabricated out of sheet steel with stove enamelled paint finish.
3.
The dabs shall be of surface mounting type, and shall be provided with electrolytic copper bus bare of suitable size.
4.
DBS shall have phase barriers and earth terminals.
5.
DBS shall have removable type and covers with knock outs at the bottom and top, and shall have hinged covers with locking arrangements.
2.16
MCB TYPE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (MCBDB)
1.
MCBDB may be of single phase, three phases (Horizontal type)
suitable for feeding
113
single phase loads or three phases(vertical type) suitable for feeding single phase as well as the three phase loads, as specified .These shall be complete with accessories but without MCBs which shall be specified as a separate item in the tender documents.
2.
The current ratings and the number of ways shall be as specified. Blanking plates shall be provided to close unused ways. These shall be indicated as a separate item in the schedule of work.
3.
DB with integral incomer
Where it is proposed to install the controlling mcb or mcb type isolator or both, the total number of outgoing mcbs will be reduced by one or two numbers corresponding to sp or sp and at the incoming, since the total number of ways are fixed in the mcbdbs. Bus bars in such units shall also be correspondingly shorter. The inter connections shall be done between the incomer and outgoings as part of the db in the works.
(4)
MCBDB shall be of surface / flush mounting pattern according to the requirements of their location, and shall be suitable to accommodate MCB and MCB type isolators and RCD (ELCB) at incoming in single pole or the multiple configurations, as required.
(5)
MCBDB shall be dust and the vermin proof conforming to ip 42, and shall be fabricated out of CRCA sheet steel, 1.6 mm thick, with the stove enameled paint finish.
(6)
MCBDB shall have the removable type End plates with knock- outs at the bottoms and the top, and shall have hinged covers with locking arrangement.
(7)
Only the knobs of the MCBs shall protrude out of the front covers through openings neatly machine made for the purpose.
(8)
The bus bars used shall be solid electrolytic copper of appropriate sections
114
(9) DIN bars shall be provided for mounting the MCBs. .
2.17
PRE WIRED MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
1.
Prewired MCBDBs shall be provided only where specified.
2.
The complete board shall be factory fabricated and shall be duly pre wired in the works ready for the installation at site.
3.
The board shall be of the wall mounted, cubical type construction, fabricated out of 1.6mm thick sheet steel, with stove enamelled paint finish.
4.
The board shall also be provided with a loose wire box as a compartment for the complete width and, depth of the board, and of minimum height of 125mm in case of TPN DBs, and 100mm in case of SPN DBs.
5.
The board shall be provided with a hinged cover of the 1.6mm thick sheet steel in the front.Only the knobs of the MCBs shall protrude out of the front covers through openings neatly machine made for the purpose.
6.
Knock out the holes at the bottom, and detachable plate with knock out holes at the top of the board shall be provided.
7.
The board shall be complete with the following accessories
a)
200 a copper bus bar
115
b) c) d) e) f) Neutral link. Common earth bar. DIN bar for mounting mcb. Elemex type terminal connectors suitable for incoming and outgoing cables. A set of indication lamps with hrc cartridge fuses for the each phase of the incoming supply. Earthing studs
g)
NOTE: MCB and the blanking plates shall be specified as separate items, as required.
8)
The board shall be fully prewired with single core PVC insulated copper conductors or insulated solid copper links, and terminated on to extended type terminal connectors, suitable for the connections to the sizes of the respective conductors.
9)
All incoming and the outgoing wiring to the prewired MCBDB shall be terminated only in the elemex type extended terminal connectors to be provided within the DB.The terminal connectors shall, therefore, be so provided as to facilitate easy cable connections and subsequent maintained.
10)
A common copper earth bar shall be provided within the loose wire box. The common neutral bar as well as the terminal connectors shall however, be provided within the main compartments just below the loose wire box.
2.18
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1.
L-series (B-curve) MCB shall be used only for normal lighting circuits.
2.
G-series (C-curve) MCB shall be invariably used for the motor loads, halogen lamp fittings, sodium / mercury discharge lamps and all power circuits.
116
3.
Ratings (A as well as ka) number of the poles, type as mcb or isolator, etc shall be as specified in the tender documents.
2.19.
SWITCH BOARDS APPLICATION AND TYPES
1.
All items of the switchgear and the distribution boards (DBs) shall be installed on switch boards.(see (ii) below)
2.
Where specified by the engineerin - charge, only MCBDBs may be permitted to be installed directly recessed in the wall without a switch board. In such cases, the metal cladding of the DB shall be suitable for recess mounting.
3.
Switch boards shall be one of the following types, as specified.
a) b) c)
Hinged type Fixed type. Enclosed cubicle type
2.20
SWITCH BOARD LOCATIONS
2.20.1 GENERAL ASPECTS 1. Switch board shall be located as per drawings.
2.
As far as practicable, the boards should be accessible from common areas like corridors, lobby areas, etc.
117
3.
Switch boards shall be located only in dry situations and in well ventilated spaces. They shall not be placed in the vicinity of storage batteries and exposed to chemical fumes.
4.
Switch boards shall not be erected above gas stoves or sinks or within 2.5m of any washing unit in the washing rooms of laundries, or in the bath rooms, Toilets or kitchens.
2.20.2 Main switch boards
1.
Main switchboards shall be situated as near as practicable to the termination of the service line and shall be easily accessible without the use of any external aid to quickly disconnect the supply in case of emergencies.
2.
Main switchboards shall be installed in the rooms, or cupboards, or suitable enclosed space having provisions for locking arrangement so as to safeguard against operation by unauthorized personnel.
2.20.3 Distribution switch boards
1.
The distribution boards shall be located as near as possible to the centre of the load they are intended to control. These boards shall be fixed on the suitable stanchion or wall, and shall be accessible for attention to fuses/ MCBs.
2.
Where two or more distribution boards feeding low pressure circuits are fed from a supply at medium voltage. These distribution boards shall be:
(a)
Fixed not less than 2 m apart or
118
(b)
Arranged so that two cannot be opened at a time, namely, they are interlocked, and the metal case is marked danger 400V.
(c)
Installed in a room or the enclosure accessible to only authorized persons.
2.21
SWITCH BOARD CONSTRUCTION
HINGED TYPE SWITCH BOARDS
1.
Hinged type boards shall be suitable for the mounting of the metal clad switchgear consisting of not more than one switchgear and the one ICDB, 4 way or 6 way, 15 A per way.
2.
The board shall consist of a box made of the sheet metal not less than three mm thick, and shall be provided with a hinged cover to enable the board to be swung open for the examination of the wiring at the back. The joints shall be substantially welded.
3.
Alternatively, the board may be made of the suitable size angle iron of the minimum size 35mm x 35mm x 6mm, or the channel iron of the minimum size 35mm x 25mm x 6mm frame work, suitably mounted on the front with a three mm thick ms plate and on the back with 1.5 mm ms sheet. In case of wood batten system of wiring the top and the bottom members may be replaced by 2.5 cm teak wood battens. The front sheet shall be provided with locking arrangements and suitable hinges to enable the board to swing open for examination of the wiring, the joint shall be substantially welded.
4.
There shall be a clear distance of 3cm between the front and the back sheets. MORE space shall be allowed wherever necessary.
5.
The board shall be provided with an Earthing stud. The earth stud should be commensurate with the size of the earth lead.
119
6.
Suitable hole shall be drilled to take the wiring as well as for fixing the mountings. No hole shall be drilled closer than 1 cm from any edge of the boards.
2.21.2 FIXED TYPE SWITCH BOARDS
1.
The design shall be wall / floor mounted, or wall cum floor mounted, as specified.
2.
The board shall be fabricated of channel iron, angle iron and or flat iron, as required shop drawings showing the detailed dimension and the designs, including the disposition of the various mounting(which shall as far as practicable be symmetrical) shall be submitted by the contractor and got approved from the engineer-in-charge before fabrication.
3.
Necessary hold- fast or the supports shall be welded to the frame work.
4.
An earth bar shall be provided for termination of the protective(earth) conductors (incoming as well as outgoing).This shall be complete with necessary studs (one for each conductors) and washers.
5.
Measurement:
Fixed type switch boards shall be measured by the front area in the sq. m. for the boards which are supported on the floor, the area shall be measured after taking into consideration the vertical legs also.
120
2.21.3 CUBICLE TYPE SWITCHBOARDS
Cubical type switchboards shall conform to section 4 of General Specifications for Electrical works (part-4-substation), 1982".
2.21.4 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL TYPES OF SWITCH BOARDS
1.
Switch boards, if unavoidably fixed in the places likely to be exposed to weather, to drip, or to dampness, their outer casing shall be weather proof, and shall be provided with the glands or bushings or adopted to receive screwed conduits according to the manner in which the cables are run. PVC and double flanged bushes shall be fitted in the hole of the switches for entry and exit of wires.
2.
When it is unavoidable to install in a situation where inflammable, ;or explosive dust, vapor or gas is likely to be present, the switch boards shall be totally enclosed or made flame proof as may be necessitated by the particular circumstances.
3.
The various lives parts, unless they are effectively screened by substantial barriers of the non hygroscopic , non inflammable, insulating material, shall be so spaced that an arc cannot be maintained between such parts and with the earth.
4.
In every case in which switches and the fuses are fitted on the same pole, these fuses shall be so arranged that the fuses are not alive when their respective switches are in the off position.
5.
No fuses, other than fuses in the instrument circuit shall be fixed on the back of, or behind a switch board panel ,or frame.
6.
Equipment which is on the front of a switch board shall be so arranged that inadvertent personal contact with live parts is unlikely during the manipulation or the switchgears, changing of the fuses or like operations.
121
(7)
The arrangement of the gear shall be such that they shall be readily accessible, and their connections to all instruments and apparatus shall be easily traceable.
(8)
Interconnections of the various mountings on the boards shall be done using PVC insulated conductors, or the solid strips with the PVC taping / sleeving of the appropriate sizes. Terminations shall be made such that local heating is avoided.
(9)
No holes, other than the holes by means of which the panel is fixed, shall be drilled closer than one cm from any edge of the panel.
(10)
All the metalwork of the switch boards shall be painted prior to errection with one coat of anti rust primer. After erection, they shall be painted with the two coat of appropriate enamel, or aluminum paint as required on all sides wherever accessible.
(11)
All switch boards shall be provided with the danger notice plate conforming to the relevant Indian standard. If required in the tender specifications, a pilot lamp shall be fixed and connected through an independent single pole switch pole and fuse to the bus bars of the boards.
2.22
SWITCH BOARD INSTALLATION
(1).
Unless and the otherwise specified in the tender documents, a switch board shall not be installed so that its bottom is within 1.25 m above the floor level, unless the front of the switch board is completely enclosed by a door, or the switch board is located in a position to which only authorized persons have the access.
(2)
The switch board inside a residence shall be installed such that the operating knob /handle of the in comer is at a height of about two meter for the ease of the operation at times of emergency.
122
(3) There shall be a clear space of 1 m in the front of the switch boards. The space behind the switch boards shall be either less than twenty cm or more than seventy five cm. If there are any attachments or bare connections at the back of the switch board, Rule 51(c) of the Indian Electricity rules shall apply.
(4)
Hinged type boards shall be securely fixed on the wall by means of the rag bolts. Fixed type boards shall be installed by suitably grouting the framework on the walls and or the floor as required.
(5)
Cubicle type switch boards shall be recessed in the wall if so specified in the tender documents. The front shall then be fitted with the hinged panel with locking arrangements, the outer surface of door being flush with the wall. Ample room shall be provided for the wiring/ cable connections at the side and at the front between the switchgear mountings and the door.
6(a)
The connections between the switchgear mounting and the outgoing cable up to the wall shall be enclosed in a protection pipe.
b)
Where is it required to terminate a number of conduits on a board, it may be convenient to provide a suitable ms adopter box for the purpose. Such box shall be provided with the prior approval of the engineer-in-charge and this will be paid for separately.
7.
All wires to the board shall be bushed at the entries to avoid damage to the insulation.
8.
No apparatus shall project beyond any edge of the panel. No fuse body shall be mounted within 2.5 cm of any edge of the panel.
9.
Bus bars and the interconnecting strips in the fabricated boards shall be PVC taped or sleeved in the red, yellow and the blue for the phase and the black for the neutral. The interconnecting cables shall also follow this colour coding.
123
10. All unused holes in the boards and in the mountings shall be plugged suitably to avoid entry of insects.
2.23
WIRING OF SWITCH BOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
1.
All connections between piece of the apparatus, or between apparatus and the terminals on a board shall be neatly arranged in a definite sequence,following the arrangement of the apparatus mounted thereon, avoiding unnecessary crossings.
2.
Cables shall be connected to the terminals either by crimped or soldered lugs, unless the terminals are of such a form that they can be securely clamped without cutting away of cable strands.
3.
All bare conductors shall be rigidly fixed in a manner that a clearance of at least 2.5 cm is maintained between conductors of opposite polarity or phase and between the conductors and any material other than insulating material.
4.
In a hinged type board, the incoming and outgoing cables shall be neatly bunched and shall be fixed in such a way that the door shall be capable of swinging through an angle of not less than ninety degrees.
2.24
MARKING OF THE APPARATUS
1.
Marking of earthed neutral conductor.
On the main switchgear, where the conductor includes an earthed conductor of a two wire system, or an earthed neutral conductor of multi wire system, or a conductor which is to be connected thereto, an indication of a permanent nature shall be provided to identify the earthed neutral conductor. In this connection rule 32(1) of the Indian electricity rules 1956 shall be referred to the neutral conductor shall be black in the colour.
124
2.
Main Earthing terminal:
The main Earthing terminal in the main switch board shall be permanently marked as the safety earth do not remove.
3.
Where a board has more than one switchgear, each such switchgear shall be marked to indicate which section of the installation it controls, the main switchgear shall be marked as such. Where there is more than one main switch board in the building each such switch board shall be marked to indicate which section of the installation and the building it controls. All distribution boards shall be marked L for lighting or p for the power and E for the essential as the case may be. When a board is connected to a voltage higher than 250V, all the terminals or leads of the apparatus mounted on it shall be marked in the following colours to indicate the different poles or the phase to which the apparatus or its different terminals may have been connected
4.
5.
-------------------A.C---------------------Three phases-red, Blue and the yellow Neutral-black
----------------D.C.--------------------------Three wire system two outer wires-red and the blue neutral- black
6. Where a four wire, three phase wiring is done, the neutral shall preferably be in the one colour, and the other three wires in another colour.
7.
All marking required under this rule shall be clear and permanent.
2.25
ATTACHMENT OF FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
125
2.25.1 CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM
1.
All the accessories like switches, socket outlets, call bell pushes and the regulators shall be fixed in the flush pattern inside the switch /regulator boxes. Accessories like ceiling roses, brackets batten holders, stiff pendants, etc, shall be fixed on the metal outlet boxes, if so directed by the Engineer-in charge.
2.
Aluminum alloy or cadmium plated iron screws shall be used to fix the accessories to their bases.
3.
The switch box /regulator box shall normally be mounted with their bottom 1.25m from the floor level, unless otherwise directed by the engineerin - charge.
2.25.2 WOOD BATTEN WIRING SYSTEM
The specifications given hereunder are the subject to the clause 3.0 of these specifications.
1.
Accessories like ceiling rose, brackets, battens, stiff pendants, etc. Shall be mounted to ceiling or the wall on the substantial blocks of the teak wood or approved hard wood double board construction , twice varnished both inside and the outside including backside after all fixing holes are made in them .Block shall not be less than 4 cm deep.
2.
Accessories like switches, sockets outlets, call bell pushes, etc, shall be flush mounted inside substantial box or the block of the teak wood or approved hard wood double board construction, twice varnished both inside including back side after all fixing holes are made in them, and attached to the wall. Blocks shall not be less than 4 cm deep. The cover for the box or the block shall be of phenolic laminated sheet..
126
3. Groups of the accessories and regulators shall be mounted on the well seasoned and properly secured double teak wood or approved hard wood board of the suitable size to accommodate the number of the fittings. The board shall be well varnished with pure shellac on all sides both inside and outside, irrespective of being painted to match the surroundings. The board shall be divided into two sections, one for the switches, which shall be flush, mounted, and the other for the regulators fixed on the boards with suitable flats washers and round head iron screw (or any other type of screws as required). The cover for section accommodating switches and socket outlets shall be of phenolic laminated sheet.
(4)
Wherever possible, the control boxes shall be recessed and in such cases metal boxes conforming to 4.2.3 shall be used, the metal boxes shall be suitably earthed.
(5) Alternatively, switches may be surface mounted on the teak wood or approved hard wood boxes.
2.26 1.
FIXING TO WALLS AND CEILING Wooden plugs for the ordinary walls or the ceiling shall not be used in view of the ban on the use of the timber in the Govt works. However, where so specified, these shall be of well seasoned teak or other approved hard wood not less than 5 cm long by 2.5 cm square on the inner end, and 2cm square on the outer end. They shall be cemented into walls within 6.5 mm of the surface; the remainder being finished according to the nature of the surface with plasters or lime punning.
2.
PVC sleeves or the dash fasteners should normally be used for fixing to walls or the ceiling.
3.
Plugging of the walls or the ceiling can be done in a better way where neatness is the first consideration. In all such cases, an approved type of asbestos or fibre fixing plug (rawl or Phil plug) with correct size of tools shall be used and done in a workmanlike manner.
2.27
FANS., REGULATORS AND THE CLAMPS
127
2.27.1 CEILING FANS
1.
Ceiling fans including their suspension shall conform to relevant Indian standards.
2.
All ceiling fans shall be wired to ceiling roses or to the special connector boxes, and suspended from the hooks or the shackles with the insulators between hooks and suspension rods.There shall be no joint in the suspension rod.
3.
For wooden or the steel joists and the beams, the suspension shall consist of the MS flat of the size not less than 40mm x 6mm secured on the sides of the joists or the beams by the means of the two coach screws of the size not less than five cm for the each flat. Where there is space above the beam, a through- bolt of the size not less than 1.5 cm dia, shall be placed above the beam from which the flats are suspended. In the letter case, the flats shall be secured from the movements by means of another bolt and the nut at the bottom of the beam. A hook consisting of MS rod of size not less than 1.5 cm dia shall be inserted between the MS flat through oval holes on their sides. Alternatively, the flats may be bent inwards to hold tightly between them by the means of a bolt and nut, a hook of s form.
4.
In the case of the (I) beam flats shall be shaped suitably to catch the flanges and shall be held together by means of a long bolt and the nut.
5.
For concrete roofs, a twelve mm dia, ms rod in the shape of the u with their vertical legs bent horizontally at the top at least 19 cm on either side, and bound to the top reinforcement of the roof shall be used as shown in the fig1.
6.
In buildings with the concrete roofs having a low ceiling height where the fan clamp mentioned under sub clause (five) above cannot be used, or wherever specified, recessed type fan clamp inside a metallic box, as shown in the fig 2. Shall be used.
7.
Canopies on the top of the suspension rod shall effectively hide the suspension.
128
8. The leading in the wire shall be of the nominal cross sectional area not less than 1.5 sq mm. and shall be protected from the abrasion.
9.
Unless otherwise specified, all ceiling fans shall be hung 2.75 m above the floor.
10.
In the case of the measurement of the extra down rod for the ceiling fan including wiring, the same shall be measured in the units of the ten cm. Any length less than five cm shall be ignored.
11.
The wiring of the extra down rod shall be paid as supplying and drawing cable in the existing conduit.
2.27.2 EXHAUST FANS
1.
Exhaust fans shall conform to the relevant Indian standards.
2.
Exhaust fans shall be erected at the places indicated by the engineer-in -charge. For fixing an exhaust fan, a circular hole shall be provided in the walls to suit the size of the frame, which shall be fixed by the means of the rag bolts embedded in the wall, the hole shall be neatly plastered to the original finish of the wall, the exhaust fan shall be connected to the exhaust fan point, which shall be wired as near to the hole as possible, by means of a flexible cord, care being taken to see that the blades rotate in the proper direction.
3.
Exhaust fans for the installation in the corrosive atmosphere, shall be painted with the special PVC paint or the chlorinated rubber paint.
4.
Installation of the exhaust fans in the kitchen, dark rooms and such other special locations need careful consideration, any special provisions needed shall be specified.
129
2.27.3 REGULATORS
The metallic body of the regulators of ceiling fans or the exhaust fans shall be connected to earth by protective conductor.
2.28
Workmanship
1.
Good workmanship is an essential requirement to be complied with the entire work of the manufacture or the fabrication, assembly and the installation shall conform to the sound engineering practice.
2.
The work shall be carried out under the direct supervision of a first class licensed foreman, or of a person holding a certificate of competency issued by the state Govt, for the type of work involved employed by the contractor, who shall rectify then and there the defects pointed out by the engineerin -charge during the progress of work.
2.29
COMMISSIONING ON COMPLETION
Before the workman leaves the work finally, he must make sure that the installation is in commission after due testing.
2.30
COMPLETION PLAN AND COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
130
1. For all the works costing more than Rs.20, 000, completion certificate after completion of the work as given in the appendix -f shall be submitted to the engineerin - charge.
2.
Completion plan drawn to a suitable scale in tracing cloth with ink indicating the following, along with three blue print copies of the same shall also be submitted.
(a)
General layout of the building.
(b)
Locations of the main switch board and the distribution boards, indicating the circuit numbers controlled by them.
(c)
Position of all points and their controls.
(d)
Types of the fittings, viz, fluorescent, pendants, brackets, bulk head, fans and the exhaust fans etc.
(e)
Name of the work, job number, accepted tender reference, actual date of completion, name of the division or the sub division, and name of the firm who executed the work with their signature.
(4)
In the case of works costing less than rs 20,000 the completion plan shall be prepared by the department and signed by the contractor before final payment is made.
2.31 ADDITION TO AN INSTALLATION An addition, temporary or the permanent, shall not be made to the authorized load of an existing installation until it has been definitely ascertained that the current carrying capacity and the condition of the existing accessories, conductors, switches etc. affected, including those of the supply authorities, are adequate for the increased load.
131
2.32 CONNECTION TO ANCILLARY BUILDINGS
1.
Unless otherwise specified, electrical connections to the ancillary buildings such as out houses, garages, etc adjacent to the main building at a distance not greater than the three m and when no road intervenes, shall be taken in an earthed GI pipe of the suitable size in the exposed portion at a height of not less than 2.5 m. This applies to both runs of mains or submains or circuit wiring between the buildings.
2.
When the distance between the buildings exceed three meter or a road way intervenes, separate mains or the submains shall be run from the main building to ancillary building and the portion of the same exposed to weather shall be carried in weather proof cable on the GI pipe, or the underground cable may be used below ground level.
2.33
DRAWINGS
(1)
The work shall be carried out in accordance with the drawings enclosed with the tender documents and also in accordance with modification there to from time to time as approved by the engineer -in - charge.
(2)
All wiring diagrams shall be deemed to be drawings within the meaning of the term as used in the clause 11 of the conditions of the contract (PWD 7 or PWD8), they shall indicate the main switch board the distribution boards (with circuit numbers controlled by them) the runs of various mains and the submains and the positions of all points with their control.
(3)
All circuits shall be indicated and the numbered in the wiring diagram and all points shall be given the same number as the circuit to which they are electrically connected.
2.34
Maintenance
132
Appendix E indicates certain requirements to be met by the engineers of the department, in addition to those to be met by the contractors. This is applicable both for the construction and the maintenance works, the periodicity of the important maintenance activities are also indicated in the appendix.
NON METALLIC CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM
3.0
SCOPE
This chapter covers the detailed requirements for the wiring work in the non metallic conduits. This chapter covers both surface and recessed types of the wiring work.
3.1 3.1.1
APPLICATION Recessed conduit work is generally suitable for all application surface conduit work may be adopted in the places like workshops etc and where recessed work may not be possible to be done. The type of work shall be as specified in the individual works.
3.1.2
Flexible non metallic conduits shall be used only at termination, wherever specified.
Special precautions:
3.1.3
SPECIAL PRECAUTION
1. . 2.
If the pipes are liable to mechanical damages, they should be adequately protected
Non metallic conduit shall not be used for the following applications:
(A) In concealed or the inaccessible places of the combustible construction where ambient temperature exceeds 60 degrees c
133
(B) In places where ambient temperature is less than five degree c.
(C) For the suspension of the fluroscent fittings and the other fixtures.
(D) In areas exposed to the sunlight.
3.2
MATERIALS
3.2.1
Conduits
1.
All non -metallic conduit pipes and the accessories shall be of the suitable material complying with is 2509-1973 and the IS 3419 -1976 for the rigid conduits and the IS 6946-1973 for the flexible conduits. The interior of the conduits shall be free from obstructions. The rigid conduit pipes shall be ISI marked.
2.
The conduits shall be circular in the cross- section. The conduits shall be designated by their nominal outside diameter. The dimensional detais of rigid non- metallic conduits are given in table-III.
3.
Non-metallic conduit less than 20mm in the diameter shall be used.
4.
Wiring capacity
The maximum number of the pvc insulated aluminum/ copper conductor cables of the 650 /1100v grade conforming to Is 694 -1990 that can be drawn in one conduit of the various sizes is given in the table-I under the clause 4.2.1(11) conduit sizes shall be selected accordingly.
3.2.2
CONDUIT ACCESSORIES
134
1. The conduit wiring system shall be complete in all respect including accessories.
2.
Rigid conduit accessories shall be normally of the grip type.
3.
Flexible conduit accessories shall be of threaded type.
4.
Bends, couplers etc, shall be solid type in recessed type of works, and may be solid or inspection type as required in the surface type of the works
. 5. Saddles for fixing conduits shall be heavy gauge non- metallic type with the base.
6.
The minimum width and the thickness of the ordinary clips or girder clips shall be as per table four.
7.
For all sizes of the conduit, the size of the clamping rod shall be 4.5 mm(7 swg) diameter.
3.2.3
OUTLETS
1.
The switch box shall be made of either rigid PVC molding or mild steel or the cast iron on all sides except at the front. The regulator boxes shall however be made only of the mild steel or the cast iron.
2.
PVC boxes shall comply with the requirements laid down in Is 5133 (part 2) -1969 these boxes shall be free from the burrs , fins and internal roughness, the thickness of the walls and the base of the pvc boxes shall not be less than 60mm.
3.
The specifications for the metallic boxes shall be as per requirements of the clause 4.2.3.
135
4.
3mm thick phenolic laminated sheet covers for all types of boxes shall be as per requirements of the clause 2.11.3.
3.3
INSTALLATION
3.3.1
Common aspects for the both recessed and the surface conduit works.
1. The erection of the conduits of the each circuit shall be completed before the are drawn in.
cables
2.
Conduit joints
(a)
All joints shall be sealed or cemented with approved cement. Damaged conduit pipes or the fittings shall not be used in the work. Cut ends of the conduits pipes shall have no sharp edges or any burrs left to avoid damage to the insulation of the conductors while pulling them through such pipes.
(b)
The engineerin- charge, with a view to ensuring that the above provision has been carried out, may require that the separate lengths of the conduit etc, after they have been prepared, shall be submitted for inspection before being fixed.
Bends in the conduit.
3.
Bends In Conduit
(A)
All bends in the system may be formed either by bending the pipes by an approved method of heating, or by inserting suitable accessories such as bends, elbows or the similar fittings or by fixing non metallic inspection boxes, whichever is the most suitable. Where necessary solid type fittings shall be used
136
. (B) Radius of the bends in the conduit pipes shall not be less than 7.5 cm no length of the conduit shall have more than the equivalent of the four quarter bends from the outlet to outlet.
(C)
Care shall be taken while bending the pipe to ensure that the conduit pipe is not injured and that the internal diameter is not effectively reduced.
4.
Outlets.
All switches, plugs, fan regulators etc shall be fitted in the flush pattern. The fan regulators can be mounted on the switch box covers, if so stipulated in the tender specifications or if so directed by the Engineer- in - charge.
5.
Painting
After installation, all the accessible surface of the metallic accessories shall be painted in the compliance with the clause under the chapter ten.
3.3.2
Additional requirements for surface conduit work
1.
Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge non-metallic saddles with the base, secured to suitable approved plugs with screws in an approved manner, at an interval of not more than sixty cm, but on either side of the couplers or the bends or the similar fittings, saddles shall be fixed at a closer distance from the centre of such fittings.Slotted Pvc saddle may also be used where the PVC pipe can be pushed in through the slots.
2.
Where the conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc the same shall be secured by the means of the saddles or girder clips as required by the engineerin charge. Where it is not possible to use these for fixing, suitable clamps with bolts and the nuts shall be used.
137
3.
If the conduit pipes are liable to the mechanical damage, they shall be adequately protected.
3.3.3
Additional requirements for recessed conduit work
(1)
Making chase
Requirements under the clause 4.3.3(1) shall be complied with. . (a) The conduit pipe shall be fixed by the means of the staples, or by the means of non metallic saddles, placed at not more than sixty cm apart, or shall be fixed by any other approved means of the fixing.
(b)
At either side of the bends, saddles / staples shall be fixed at a distance of 15 cm from the centre of the bends.
(3)
Erection in RCC work
Requirements under the clause 4.3.3 (3) shall be compiled with.
(4)
Fixing inspection boxes
Requirement under clause 4.3.3 (4) shall be compiled with.
138
(5) Fixing switch boxes and the accessories.
Requirements under the clause 4.3.3(5) shall be compiled with.
(6)
Fish wire
Requirements under the clause 4.3.3(6) shall be complied with
(7)
Bunching of cables
For ease of the maintenance, cables carrying direct current or the alternating current shall always be bunched so that the outgoing and return cables are drawn in the same conduits.
3.3.4 1.
Earthing requirements A protective conductor shall be drawn inside the conduit in the all distribution circuits to provide for Earthing of non -current carrying metallic parts of the installation. These shall be terminated on the earth terminal in the switch boxes, and or the earth terminal blocks at the DBS.
2.
Protective conductors of the large size which may not be possible to be carried inside the conduits (as in the case of some submains etc.) may be laid external to the conduit and clamped thereto suitably.
3.
Gas or the water pipes shall not be used as protective conductors (earth medium).
DIMENSIONAL DETAILS OF THE RIGID NON METALLIC CONDUITS.
139
TABLE-I
S.No.
1 2 3 4 5
Nominal outside dia. (In mm) 20 25 32 40 50
Max. outside dia. (In mm) 20+0.3 25+0.3 32+0.3 40+0.3 50+0.3
Min. inside Max. permissible Max. permissdia. eccentricity ible ovality (In mm) (In mm) (In mm) 17.2 0.2 0.5 21.6 0.2 0.5 28.2 0.2 0.5 35.8 0.2 0.5 45.0 0.4 0.6
TABLE-II
ORDINARY CLIPS OR THE GIRDER CLIPS S.No. 1 2 Size of conduit 20mm & 25mm 32 mm & above Width 19mm 25mm Thickness 20 SWG (0.9144mm) 18 SWG (1.219mm)
140 METALLIC CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM
4.0
SCOPE
This chapter covers the detailed requirements for wiring work in metallic conduits. This chapter covers both surface and recessed type of work.
4.1
APPLICATION
(i)
(ii)
Recessed conduit is suitable generally for all applications. Surface conduit work may be adopted in place like workshop, plant rooms, wiring above false ceiling/below false flooring, and at locations where recessed work may not be possible to be done. The type of work, viz, surface or recessed, shall be as specified in the respective works. Flexible conduits may only be permitted for interconnections between switchgear, DBs and conduit terminations in wall.
4.2
MATERIALS
4.2.1
Conduits
(i)
All rigid conduit pipes shall be of steel and be ISI marked. The wall thickness shall be not less than 1.6m ( 16 SWG) for conduits upto 32mm dia, and not less than 2mm ( 14 SWG) for conduits above 32mm dia. These shall be solid drawn or reamed by welding, and finished with galvanised or stove enameled surface.
(ii)
The maximum number of PVC insulated cables conforming to IS:694, 1990 That can be drawn in one conduit is given sizewise in table-I, and the number of cables per conduit shall not be exceeded. Conduit sizes shall be selected accordingly in each run.
(iii)
No steel conduit less than 20mm in diameter shall be used.
141
4.2.2 Conduit accessories
(i)
The conduit wiring system shall be complete in all respects, including their accessories.
(ii)
All conduit accessories shall be of threaded type, and under no circumstances pin grip type or clamp grip type accessories shall be used.
(iii) (iv)
Bends, couplers etc, shall be solid type in recessed type of works and may be solid or inspection type as required, in surface type of works. (a) Saddles for surface conduit work on wall shall not be less than 0.55mm ( 24 gauge) for conduits upto 25mm dia and not less than 0.9 mm ( 20 gauge) for larger diameter. The corresponding widths shall be 19mm & 25mm
(b)
The minimum width and the thickness of girder clips used for fixing conduits to steel joists, and clamps shall be as per Table-II.
4.2.3
Outlets
(i)
The switch box or regulator box shall be made of metal on all sides, except on the front. In the case of cast boxes, the wall thickness shall be at least 3mm and in case of welded mild steel sheet boxes, the wall thickness shall not be less than 1.2mm ( 18 gauge) for boxes upto a size of 20 cm x 30 cm, and above this size 1.6 mm ( 16 gauge) thick MS boxes shall be used. The metallic boxes shall be used. The metallic boxes shall be duly painted with anticorrosive paint before erection as per chapter 10 of these specifications.
(ii)
(a) Out let boxes shall be of one of the size, covered in the schedule of Rates ( Elect.), part-I Internal-1994.
(b)
Where a large number of control switches and/or fan regulators are required to be installed at one place, these shall be installed in more than one outlet box adjacent to each other for case of maintenance.
(iii)
An earth terminal with stud and 2 metal washers shall be provided in each MS box for termination of protective conductors and for connection to socket outlet/metallic body of fan regulator etc.
142
(iv) A metal strip shall be welded/screwed, to the metal box as support if tumbler type of control switches, sockets and/or fan regulators are to be fixed therein.
(v)
Clear depth of the box shall not be less than 60 mm, and this shall be increased suitably to accommodate mounting of fan regulators in flush pattern.
(vi)
The fan regulators can also be mounted on the switch box covers, if so stipulated in the tender specifications, or if so directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
(vii)
Except where otherwise state, 3mm thick phenolic laminated sheets as per clause 2.11.3 shall be fixed on the front with brass screws, or aluminium alloy/cadmium plated iron screws as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.3
INSTALLATION
4.3.1
Common aspects for recessed and surface conduit works
(i)
Conduit joints.
(a)
The conduit work of each circuit or section shall be completed before the cables are drawn in.
(b)
Conduit pipes shall be joined by means of screwed couplers and screwed accessories only. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13 mm to 19mm long, sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories.
(c)
Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges, nor any burrs left to avoid damage to the insulation of the conductors while pulling them through such pipes.
(d)
The Engineer-in-Charge with a view to ensuring that the above provision has been carried out, may require that the separate lengths of conduit etc., after they have been prepared, shall be submitted for inspection before being fixed.
(e)
No bare threaded portion of conduit pipe shall be allowed, unless such bare threaded portion if treated with anticorrosive preservative or covered with approved plastic compound.
143
(ii)
Bonds in conduit
(a)
All necessary bends in the system, including diversion, shall be done either by neatly bending the pipes without cracking with a bending radius of not less than 7.5 cm, or alternatively, by inserting suitably solid or inspection type normal bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast iron inspection boxes, whichever is most suitable.
(b)
No length of conduit shall have more than the equivalent of four quarter bends from outlet to outlet.
(c)
Conduit fittings shall be avoided as far as possible on conduit system exposed to whether. Where necessary, solid type fittings shall be used.
(iii)
Outlets
(a)
(b)
All outlets such as switches, wall sockets etc. may be either flush mounting type, or of surface mounting type, as specified in the Additional Specifications. All switches ( except piano type switches)., socket outlets and fan regulators shall be fixed on metal strips which shall be screwed/welded to the box. Piano type switches and accessories shall be fixed on the phenolic laminated sheet covers in flush pattern.
(iv)
Painting after erection
After installation, all accessible surfaces of conduit pipes, fittings, switch and regulator boxes etc. shall be painted in compliance with the clauses under Chapter-10 Painting.
4.3.2
Additional requirement for surface conduit work.
(i)
Painting before erection
The outer surface of conduit including all bends, unions, tees, junction boxes, etc forming part of the conduit system, shall be adequately protected against
144
rust when such system is exposed to weather by being painted with 2 coats of red oxide paint applied before they are fixed.
(ii)
Fixing conduit on surface
(a)
Conduit pipes shall be fixed by saddles, secured to suitably approved plugs with screws in an approved manner at an interval of not more than one metre, but on either side of the couplers or bends or similar fittings, saddles shall be fixed at a distance of 30 cm from the centre of such fittings.
(b)
Where conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc. the same shall be secured by means of saddles or girder clips or clamps as required by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(c)
In long distance straight run of conduit, inspection type couplers at reasonable intervals shall be provided, or running threads with couplers and jam nuts shall be provided.
(iii)
Fixing outlet boxes
Only a portion of the switch box shall be sunk in the wall, the other portion being projected out for suitable entry of conduit pipe into the box.
145
4.3.3. Additional requirements for recessed conduit work.
(i)
Making Chase
(a)
The chase in the wall shall be neatly made, and of ample dimensions to permit the conduit to be fixed in the manner desired.
(b)
In the case of buildings under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall before plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit.
(c)
In case of exposed brick/rubble masonry work, special care shall be taken to fix the conduit and accessories in position along with the building work.
(ii)
Fixing conduits in chase
(a)
the conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, J-hooks, or by means of saddles, not more than 60 cm apart, or by any other approved means of fixing.
(b)
All threaded joints of conduit pipes shall be treated with some approved preservative compound to secure protection against rust.
(iii)
Fixing conduits in RCC work
(a)
The conduit pipes shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel reinforcement bars by steel binding wires before the concreting is done. The conduit pipes shall be fixed firmly to the steel reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during pouring of cement concrete and subsequent tamping of the same.
(b)
Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all curves shall be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius which will permit easy drawing in of conductors.
(c)
Location of inspection/junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by suitable means to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to locate these boxes.
146
(iv) Fixing inspection boxes
(a) (b)
Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be provided to permit inspection, and to facilitate replacement of wires, if necessary. These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65mm depth junction boxes shall be used in roof slabs and the depth of the boxes in other places shall be as per IS:2667-1997.
(c)
Suitable ventilating holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers.
(v)
Fixing switch boxes and accessories.
Switch boxes shall be mounted flush with the wall. All outlets such as switches, socket outlets etc. shall be flush mounting type, unless otherwise specified in the Additional Specifications.
(iv)
Fish Wire
To facilitate subsequent drawing of wires in the conduit, GI fish wire of 1.6mm/ 1.2mm (16/18 SWG) shall be provided alongwith the laying of the recessed conduit.
(vi)
Bunching of cables
(a)
Cables carrying direct current may, if desired, be bunched whatever their polarity, but cables carrying alternating current, if installed in metal conduit shall always be bunched so that the outgoing and return cables are drawn into the same conduit.
(b)
Where the distribution is for single phase loads only, conductors for these phases shall be drawn in one conduit.
(c)
In case of three phase loads, separate conduits shall be run from the distribution boards to the load points, or outlets as the case may be.
147
4.3.3 Earthing requirements
(i)
The entire system of metallic conduit work, including the outlet boxed and other metallic accessories, shall be mechanically and electrically continuous by proper screwed joints, or by double check nuts at terminations. The conduit shall be continuous when passing through walls or floors.
(ii)
Protective ( loop earthing) conductor(s) shall be laid along the runs of the conduit between the metallic switch boxes and the distribution boards/switch boards, terminated thereto. These conductors shall be of such size and material as specified. Depending upon their size and materials, the protective earth conductors shall be either drawn inside the conduits alongwith the cables, or shall be laid external to the conduits. When laid external to the conduits, this shall be properly clamped with the conduit at regular intervals.
(iii)
The protective conductors shall be terminated properly using earth studs, earth terminal block etc as the case may be.
(iv)
Gas so water pipe shall not be used as protective conductor ( earth medium).
TABLE
Maximum number of PVC insulated 650/1100 V grade aluminium/copper conductor cable conforming to IS 694-1990
Clause 4.2.1 (ii)
Nominal 20mm Cross sectional ara of conductor in Sq.mm. S 1 1.50 2.50 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 60 2 5 5 3 2 2 B 3 4 3 2
25mm
32mm
38mm
51mm
64mm
S 4 10 8 6 5 4 2 -
B 5 8 6 5 4 3 2 -
S 6 18 12 10 8 6 3 3 -
B 7 12 10 8 7 5 3 2 -
S 8 8 6 5 -
B 9 6 5 3 2 -
S 10 10 8 6 -
B 11 7 6 5 3 3
S 12 12 9 8 6 5
B 13 8 7 6 5 4
Note:
~ 148 ~
1) 2)
3)
The above table shows the maximum capacity of conduits for a simultaneous drawing in lf cables. The columns headed S apply to runs of conduits which have distance not exceeding 4.25 m between draw in boxes and which do not deflect from the straight by an angle of more than 15 degrees. The columns headed B apply to runs of conduit which deflect from the straight by an angle of more than 15 degrees. Conduit sizes are the nominal external diameters.
~ 149 ~
BUS BAR CHAMBERS, RISING MAINS, BUS TRUCKING, AND OVERHEAD BUS BAR SYSTEM
5. 0
SCOPE
This chapter covers the general requirements of bulbar chambers, rising mains, bus trunking and the overhead busbar system and their bus bars, for medium voltage electrical distribution applications.
5.1
BUS BAR CHAMBERS
5. 1. 1 APPLICATION
The busbar chambers covered in this chapter and for the application in industrial type switch board panels.
5.1. 2. MATERIALS
5. 1. 2. 1 ENCLOSURE
The materials for the enclosure shall be in accordance with the clause 7. 1. 3 .1, depending on the type of fabrication adopted.
5. 1. 2. 2: BUS-BARS
1.
Bus-bars shall be made of wrought aluminum or aluminum, alloy, or the electric grade copper, conforming to the relevant Indian standard, as specified; the ratings of the busbars shall be 100a, 200a, 300a, 400a, 500a, 600a, as specified.
2.
Busbars shall be of sufficient cross section so that a current density of 130 a / sq. cm (800a/sq inch) is not exceeded at nominal current rating for the aluminium bus bars,
~ 150 ~
and 160 a/sq. cm (1000a/sq inch) for higher busbars. The minimum sizes of the sections of the busbars are given in table 6.
3.
The cross section of the neutral busbar shall be the same as that of the phase busbar for busbars of the capacities up to 200A, for higher capacities, the neutral busbar must not less than half the cross section of the phase bus bar.
. 4. The busbars shall be suitably insulated with the PVC sleeves /tapes.
5. 1. 2. 3
BUS BAR SUPPORTS
(1)
Bus bar supports shall be made from a suitable insulating material such as non hygroscopic phenolic laminated sheet, porcelain or the other non-hygroscopic insulator confirming to relevant Indian standard
. (2) The supports shall be sufficiently robust and spaced to effectively withstand electro mechanical stresses produced in the event of a short circuit
(3)
Hardware used for mounting the busbar supports to the enclosure shall be cadmium plated iron / GI
. 5.1.3 CONSTRUCTION
5.1.3.1 ENCLOSURE
1.
Bus bar chamber shall be fabricated with Ms Angles for frame work and covered all round with the sheet steel of the thickness not less than 1.5 mm in a box form, front covers of the bus bar chambers shall be detachable and the covers on the remaining sides may or may not be detachable as may be specified. The covers shall be fitted with the dust excluding gasket, secured with the sufficient number of cadmium plated iron screws to ensure that the covers are dust tight, suitable openings shall be provided for the cable / conduit entries as required. Bus bar chambers for the busbars of more than ninty cm length shall have horizontal and the vertical stiffeners welded to the main frame
~ 151 ~
. 2. Alternatively, the busbars chamber shall be made of the sheet steel of the thickness not less than three mm with the detachable covers and the dust excluding gasket. The joints shall be continous welded; the detachable cover shall be secured to the box with the sufficient number of cadmium plated iron screws. This type of busbar chamber shall be restricted for busbars up to ninty cm length.
3.
Bus bar chambers for busbars up to ninty cm length shall have detachable and covers so that the same can be extended.
4.
Two numbers of the GI earth studs of the appropriate size with the double washers shall be provided on the body of the enclosure. The terminals shall be permanently marked E or
5.
The enclosure shall be painted with the one coat of primer paint after cleaning of the surface, and after derusting and degreasing. Two coats of finish paint shall thereafter be applied by the spray painting process. This shall be done in the works before bringing the material to site.
5.1.3.2 SUPPORTS
Busbars shall be rigidly fixed to the supports, if of porcelain or of smc / dmc solid block type base, busbars shall be firmly held within the slots in the sheet type supports, which in the turn shall be rigidly fixed to the chamber.
5.1.3.3 CLEARANCES
The minimum clearance to be maintained for the enclosed indoor air insulated busbars for medium voltage application shall be as follow:
~ 152 ~
Between Phase to earth Phase to Phase
Min. clearance 26mm 32mm
5.1.3.4 Arrangement of the busbars and the main connections
Busbars and the main connections which are substantially in the one plane shall be arranged in the order given below: (1) (a) (b) AC. SYSTEM: The order of the phase connections shall be red, yellow and the blue. When the run of the conductors is horizontal, the red shall be on the top, or on the left, or the farthest away as viewed from the front.
(c)
When the run of the conductors is vertical, the red shall be on the left, or farthest away as viewed from the front.
(d)
When the system has a neutral connection in the same plane as the phase connection, the neutral shall occupy the bottom position if the horizontal, and extreme right if vertical, or nearest position when viewed from the front
(e)
Unless the neutral connections can be readily distinguished from the phase connections, the order shall be red, yellow, blue and black.
2)
D.C. SYSTEM
(a)
When the run of the conductor is horizontal, the red shall be on the top, or on the left, or farthest away as viewed from the front.
(b)
When the run of the conductors is vertical, the red shall be on the left, or farthest away as viewed from the front.
~ 153 ~
(c)
When the system is three wires with the conductors in the same plane, the neutral shall occupy the middle position. INSTALLATION
5.1. 4
5.1. 4.1 BUS-BAR CHAMBER
Bus bar chamber shall be installed on fixed type switch boards with GI bolts and nuts.
5.1.4.2 CONNECTIONS
1.
Connections to busbars shall be made either by the clamping arrangement, or by the bolts and the nuts as required. Tapped holes with studs may be permitted only for the copper busbars for tapping conductor size up to 16 sq. mm
. 2. All connections shall be made such that there is a clear metal to metal areal contact at the tappings so that the current density.
~ 154 ~
EARTHING
6.0
SCOPE
This chapter covers the essential requirements of Earthing system components and their installation. This shall be read with appendix g which lays down criteria for their design. For the details not covered in these specifications, IS code of practice on the Earthing (IS: 3043-1987) shall be referred to. . 6.1 APPLICATION
1.
The electrical distribution system in the department is with earthed neutral (i.e. neutral earthed at the transformer/ generator end). In addition to the neutral Earthing, provision is made for earthing the metallic body of equipments and non current carrying metallic components in the sub-station, as well as in the internal/ external electrical installations.
2.
Earthing system is also required for lightning protection, computer installations and hospital operation theaters, etc. for functional reasons.
3.
Earthing requirements are laid down in the Indian electricity rules, 1956, as amended form time to time, and in the regulation of the electricity supply authority concerned, these shall be compiled with.
4.
Though this chapter and the appendix g from part of the specifications for internal EI works, these requirements shall be complied with in work of earthing for other applications also.
6.2
MATERIALS
6.2.1
EARTH ELECTRODES
~ 155 ~
6.2.1.1 TYPES
The type of earth electrode shall be any of following, as specified. (For selection criteria in design, appendix g may be referred to).
(a)
Pipe earth electrode.
(b)
Plate earth electrode.
(c)
Strip or conductor earth electrode.
6.2.1.2 ELECTRODE MATERIALS AND DIMENSIONS
1.
The materials and minimum sizes of the earth electrodes shall be as per table 8.
2.
G.I pipe electrodes shall be cut tapered at the bottom, and provided with holes of 12mm dia, drilled not less than 7.5 cm from each other up to 2m of length from the bottom.
3.
The length of the buried strip or conductor earth electrode shall not be less than 15 m this length shall suitably be increased if necessary, on the basis of the information available about soil resistance, so that the required earth resistance is obtained. Prior approval of the engineerin- charge shall be taken for any such increase in length.
6.2.2
EARTHING CONDUCTOR
1.
The Earthing conductor (protective conductor from earth electrode up to the main Earthing terminal/ earth bus, as the case may be) shall be of the same material as the electrode, viz, GI or copper, and in the form of the wire or strip as specified.
2.
The size of earthing conductor shall be specified, but this shall not be less than the
~ 156 ~
following (for calculating the size of the Earthing conductor in the design, appendix g may be referred to)
(a) 5mm dia (6 SWG) for GI, or 4mm dia (8 SWG) for copper wire,
(b) 25mm 4mm in the case of the GI strip, or,
(c) 20mm 3mm in the case of copper strip.
3.
Earthing conductor larger than the following sectional areas need not be used, unless otherwise specified
. (a) 150 sq. mm. in case of GI, or,
(b)
100 sq.mm in case of copper.
6.2.3
EARTH BUS
(1)
Two copper strips, each of size 50mm 5mm shall be provided as earth bus in an 11KV sub-station and or the diesel generating station irrespective of the capacity of the transformer or the D.G. set each of these strips shall be connected to an independent earth electrode. The two earths lead from the body of each transformer / panel / generating set, etc. Shall be connected to these two strips of the earth bus. The two strips of the earth bus shall be bonded together.
(2)
The neutral earth leads of the transformer and or generator alternator shall not be connected to this earth bus. They shall be connected directly to the individual earth electrodes.
6.2.4
HARDWARE ITEMS
~ 157 ~
All hardware items used for connecting the earthling conductor with the electrode shall be of GI in the case of the G.I. pipe and G.I. plate earth electrodes, and forged tinned brass in case of copper plate electrodes.
6.2.5
PROTECTIVE (earth continuity / loop Earthing) conductor.
1.
The material and size of the protective conductor shall be as specified. (For criteria in the design of these, appendix G may be referred to)
. 2. The minimum cross sectional area of a protective conductor (not contained within a cable or flexible cord) shall be:
(a) 2mm dia (14 SWG) in the case of the copper,
(b) 2.5 mm dia (12 SWG) in the case of gi, or,
(c) 2.24 mm dia (13 SWG) in the case of aluminium.
3.
Unless otherwise specified, GI conductor should not be ordinarily used as protective conductor within any circuit, beyond a DB downstream.
6.3
LOCATION FOR EARTH ELECTRODES
(1)
Normally an earth electrode shall not be located closer than 1.5 m from any building.
Care shall be taken to see that the excavation for earth electrode does not affect the foundation of the building, in such cases; electrodes may be located further away from the building, with the prior approval of the engineerin- charge.
(2)
The location of the earth electrode will be such that the soil has a reasonable chance of remaining moist as far as possible. Entrance, pavements and road ways, should be
~ 158 ~
avoided for locating earth electrodes.
6.4
INSTALLATION
6.4.1
ELECTRODES
6.4.1.1 VARIOUS TYPES OF ELECTRODES
1(a)
Pipe electrode shall be buried in the ground vertically with its top at not less than 20 cm below the ground level, the installation shall be carried out as shown in fig.4.
. (b) In locations where the full length of pipe electrode is not possible to be installed due to meeting a water table, hard soil or the rock, the electrode may be to reduced length provided the required earth resistance result is achieved with or without additional electrodes, or any alternative method of Earthing may be adopted, with the prior approval of the engineerin-charge. Pipe electrodes may also be installed in horizontal formation in such exceptional cases.
2.
Plate electrode shall be buried in ground with its faces vertical, and its top not less than 3m below the ground level, the installation shall be carried out as shown in the fig 5.
3.
When more than one electrode (plate or pipe) is to be installed, a separation of not less than 2m shall be maintained between two adjacent electrodes.
4(a)
The strip or conductor electrode shall be buried in trench not less than 0.5 m deep.
(b)
If conditions necessitate the use of more than one strip or conductor electrode, they shall be laid as widely distributed as possible, in a single straight trench where feasible, or preferably in a number of the trenches radiating from one point.
(c)
If the electrode cannot be laid in a straight length, it may be laid in a zig-zag manner
~ 159 ~
with a deviation up to 45 degree from the axis of the strip; it can also be laid in the form of an arc with curvature more than 1 or a polygon.
6.4.1.2 ARTIFICIAL TREATMENT OF SOIL
When artificial treatment of the soil is to be resorted to, the same shall be specified in the schedule of work. The electrode shall be surrounded by the charcoal/ coke and salt as indicated in figure 4 and the 5, in such cases, excavation for the earth electrode shall be increased as per the dimensions indicated in these figures.
6.4.1.3 WATERING ARRANGEMENT
1.
In the case of plate earth electrodes, a watering pipe 20mm dia, medium class pipe shall be provided and attached to the electrodes as shown in the fig, 4 and the 5, a funnel with mesh shall be provided on the top of this pipe for watering the earth.
2.
In the case of the pipe electrodes, a 40mm 20mm reducer shall be used for fixing the funnel with mesh.
3.
The watering funnel attachment shall be housed in a masonry enclosure of size not less than 30 cm 30cm30cm.
4.
A cast iron / MS frame with the MS cover, 6mm thick and having locking arrangements shall be suitably embedded in the masonry enclosure.
6.4.2
EARTHING CONDUCTOR (MAIN EARTHING LEAD)
1.
In the case of the plate earth electrode, wire type Earthing conductor shall be securely terminated on to the plate with two bolts, nuts, check nuts and the washers.
2.
In the case of the pipe earth electrode, wire type earthing conductor shall be secured as indicated in fig.4 using a through bolt, nuts and washers and the terminating
~ 160 ~
socket.
3.
A double c-clamp arrangement shall be provided for terminating tape type Earthing conductor with GI watering pipe coupled to the pipe earth electrode, galvanized c shaped strips, bolts, washers, nuts and the check nuts of the adequate size shall be used for the purpose.
4.
The Earthing conductor from the electrode up to the building shall be protected form the mechanical injury by a medium class, 15mm dia. GI pipe in the case of wire, and by 40mm dia, medium class GI pipe in the case of the strip, the protection pipe in the ground shall be buried at least thirty cm deep (to be increased to sixty cm in the case of the road crossing and the pavements). The portion within the building shall be recessed in the walls and floors to adequate depth in due co -ordination with the building work.
5.
The Earthing conductor shall be securely connected at the other end to the earth stud/earth bar provided on the switch board by:
(a)
Soldered or preferably crimped lug, bolt, nut and the washer in the case of the wire.
(b)
Bolt, nut and the washer in the case of strip conductor.
In the case of substations or the alternators, the termination shall be made on the Earthing terminal of the neutral point on the equipment and/ or the earth bus, as the case may be.
6.4. 3 EARTH BUS AND THE MAIN EARTHING TERMINAL
1.
In the case of substations and generating station, two numbers copper or GI (as specified) earth bus shall be approved, duly connected to the two numbers of the independent electrodes, exclusively for equipment (body). Earthing of the substations or generating station equipment.
~ 161 ~
2.
In all other installations, main Earthing terminal shall be provided at the main switch board. This may be in the form of the earth stud or the single earth bar depending on the type of the switch board.
3.
Following conductors shall be terminated on to the main Earthing terminal.
(a) Earth connection from the electricity supply company (where provided). (b) Earthing conductor from the electrode. (c) Protective conductors. (d) Equi- potential bonding conductors.
6.4.4
PROTECTIVE (Loop earthing earth continuity) CONDUCTORS
1.
Earth terminal of the every switch board in the distribution system shall be bonded to the earth bar/ terminal of the upstream switch board by the protective conductor.
2.
Two protective conductors shall be provided for switch board carrying three phase switchgear thereon.
3.
All the mountings of industrial type switch boards shall be bonded to the earth stud or the earth bar using a protective conductor looping from one to another. Loop Earthing of the individual units will not be however necessary in the case of cubical type switchboards
. 4. The earth connector in the every distribution board (DB) shall be securely connected to the earth stud / earth bar of the corresponding switch board by a protective conductors.
5.
All metallic switch boxes and the regulator boxes in a circuit shall be connected to the earth connector in the DB by the protective conductor (also called circuit protective or the loop Earthing conductor), looping from the one box to the up to the DB.
~ 162 ~
6.
The earth pin of the socket outlets as well as metallic body of fan regulators shall be connected to the earth stud in the switch boxes by protective conductor, where the switch boxes are of the non metallic type; these shall be looped at the socket earth terminals or at an independent screwed connector inside the switch box. Twisted earth connections shall not be accepted in the any case.
7.
Double Earthing strips in rising mains, bus trunking etc. shall be securely connected to the earth bar/ earth stud at the sending end switch board, in the case of the overhead busbar systems, protective conductors shall be provided in the addition to feeder cable armouring connections.
6.5 1.
EARTH RESISTANCE The earth resistance at each electrode shall be measured; no earth electrode shall have a greater ohmic resistance than five ohm as measured by an approved earth testing apparatus, in rocky soil the resistance may be upto 8 ohms.
2.
Where the above stated earth resistance is not achieved, necessary improvement shall be made by additional provisions, such as additional electrodes different type of the electrode, or the artificial chemical treatment of soil etc, as may be directed by the engineerin- charge.
6.6 1.
MAKING Earth bars / terminals at all switch boards shall be marked permanently, either as e or as
2.
Main Earthing terminal shall be marked SAFETY EARTH DO NOT DISCONNECT.
6.7
USE OF RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES (RCDs) An extract on the selection and the application of the RCDs also known as RCCBs from IS 12640-1988 is given at the appendix h provision of RCD shall be specified in the individual cases keeping in view the type, use, importance, system of the Earthing and the nature of the electrical installations to be protected by the RCCB, requirements of the local electric supply company, etc, the sensitivity shall be 30 ma, 100ma, 300ma, or the 500 ma as specified.
~ 163 ~
MATERIALS AND THE SIZES OF THE EARTH ELECTRODES
Type Electrode Pipe Plate
of Material GI medium class i) GI ii) Copper i) GI ii) Copper i) GI ii) Copper
Size 40mm dia, 4.5m long (without any joints). 60 cm x 60 cm x 6mm thick. 60 cm x 60 cm x 3mm thick. 100 Sq.mm section 40 Sq.mm section. 5mm dia (6 SWG). 4mm dia (8 SWG).
Strip
Conductor
NOTE: galvanization of the GI items shall conform to the class (4) of the IS 4736-1986.
~ 164 ~
PROTECTION OF BUILDINGS AGAINST LIGHTING
7.0
SCOPE
This chapter covers the detailed requirements of installation of lighting conductor system for the protection of the buildings against lighting. The principles of this type of protection are outlined in appendix 1 to these specifications. For details not covered in these specifications, reference may be made to IS: 2309-1989. . 7.1 APPLICATION
This system shall be provided where specified, the decision whether or not to provide this system should be taken by the competent authority considering all relevant factors.
PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS The principal components of a lighting protective system are: a) Air terminations
b)
Down conductors,
c)
Joints and bonds,
d)
Testing joints,
e)
Earth terminations, and
f)
Earth electrodes.
7.3
MATERIALS
~ 165 ~
7.3.1
The materials of the air terminations, down conductors, earth termination etc, of the protective system shall be reliably resistant to corrosion, or be adequately protected against corrosion. The material shall be one of the following as specified.
(a)
Copper: Solid or flat copper strip of at least 98%conductivity conforming to relevant I.S. specification shall be used.
. (b) Copper clad steel: copper clad steel with copper covering permanently and the effectively welded to the steel shall be used. The proportion of copper and steel shall be such that the conductance of the material is not less than 30%of the conductance of the solid copper of the same total cross sectional area.
(c)
Galvanized steel: Steel thoroughly protected against corrosion by a zinc coating shall be used.
. (d) Aluminium: Aluminium 99% pure and with sufficient mechanical strength, and protected against corrosion shall be used.
7. 3.2
Aluminium should not be used underground, or in direct contact with walls.
7.3.3
All air terminations shall be of GI and all down conductors shall be of the GI or the aluminium, except where the atmospheric conditions necessitate the use of copper or the copper clad steel for air terminations and down conductors.
7.3.4 The recommend shape and the minimum sizes of the conductors for use above and below ground are given in the table 9 and 10 respectively.
7.4
LAYOUT
~ 166 ~
7.4.1
The system design and the layout shall be done in accordance with IS: 2309-1989 and specified in the tender documents, the work shall be carried out accordingly satisfying at the same time, the requirements of the clause 9.4.2 to 9.4.3.
7.4.2 1.
AIR TERMINATIONS: Air termination networks may consist of vertical or the horizontal conductors, or the combination of the both. For the purpose of the lighting protection, the vertical and the horizontal conductors are considered equivalent and the use of pointed air terminations or the vertical finial is, therefore, not regarded as essential.
. 2. A vertical air termination, where provided, need not have more than one point, and shall project at least 30 cm, above the object, salient point or network on which it it fixed.
3.
For a flat roof, horizontal air termination along the outer perimeter of the roof shall be used. For a roof of larger area a network of parallel horizontal conductors shall be installed. No part of the roof should be more than 9m from the nearest horizontal protective conductor.
4.
Horizontal air terminations should be carried along the contours such as ridges, parapets and the edges of the flat roofs, and, where necessary, over the flat surfaces, in such a way as to join each air termination to the rest, and should themselves form a closed network.
5.
All metallic projections including reinforcement, on or above the main surface of the roof which are connected to the general mass of the earth, should be bonded and form a part of the air termination network
. 6. If portions of a structure vary considerably in height, any necessary air terminations or the air terminations network for the lower portions should be bonded to the down conductors of the taller portions, in addition to their own down conductors.
7.4.3
DOWN CONDUCTORS
~ 167 ~
1.
The number and the spacing of the down conductors shall be specified or as directed by the engineerin- charge.
2.
ROUTING
(a)
A down conductor should follow the most direct path possible between the air terminal network and the earth termination network , where most than one down conductor is used, the conductor should be arranged as evenly as practicable around the outside walls of the structures.
(b)
The walls of the light wells may be used for the fixing down conductors, but lift shafts should not be used for this purpose.
(c)
Metal pipes leading rainwater from the roof to the ground may be connected to the down conductors, but cannot replace them, such connection should have disconnecting joints.
(d)
In deciding on the routing of the down conductor, its accessibility for the inspection, testing and the maintenance should be taken into consideration.
3. (a)
PROVISION WHEN EXTERNAL ROUTE IS NOT AVAILABLE Where the provision of external routes for down conductors is Impracticable, for e.g, in the buildings of cantilever construction from the first floor upwards, down conductors should not follow the outside contours of the building, to do so would create a hazard to person standing under the over hang. In such cases, the down conductors may be housed in an air space provided by a nonmetallic and the noncombustible internal duct and taken straight down to the ground. Any suitable covered recess, not smaller than 76mm13mm, or any suitable vertical service duct running the full height of the building may be used for this purpose, provided it does not contain an unarmored or a non metal sheathed cable.
(b)
(c)
In cases where an unrestricted duct is used, seals at each floor level may be required for fire protection. As far as possible, access to the interior of the duct should be available.
~ 168 ~
7.4.4
The lightning protective system should be so installed that it does not spoil the architectural or aesthetic beauty of the buildings.
7.5
INSTALLATION
7.5.1
GENERAL
1.
The entire lightning protective system should be mechanically strong to withstand the mechanical forces produced in the event of a lighting strike.
. 2. Conductors shall be securely attached to the building, or other object to be protected by fasteners, which shall be substantial in the construction, not subject to breakage, and shall be of galvanized steel or the other suitable materials, with suitable precautions to avoid corrosion.
. 3. The lightning conductors shall be secured not more than 1.2m apart for the horizontal run, and 1m for the vertical run.
7.5.2
AIR TERMINATIONS
All air terminals shall be effectively secured against overturning either by the attachment to the object to be protected, or by means of substantial bracings and the fixings which shall be permanently and rigidly attached to the building. The method and the nature of the fixings should be simple, solid and permanent, due attention being given to the climatic conditions and the possible corrosion.
7.5.3
DOWN CONDUCTORS
1.
The down conductor system must, where practicable, be directly routed from the air termination to the earth termination network, and as far as possible, be symmetrically
~ 169 ~
placed around the outside walls of the structure starting from the corners, in all cases consideration to side flashing must always be given.
2. (a)
Practical reasons may not sometimes allow the most direct route to be followed, while sharp bends, such as arise at the end of a roof are in escapable (and hence permissible), re entrant loops in a conductor can produce high inductive voltage drops so that the lightning discharge may jump across the open side of a loop. As a rough guide, this risk may arise when the length of the conductor forming the loop exceeds 8 times the width of the open side of the loop
. (b) When large re-entrant loops as defined above cannot be avoided such as in the case of the some cornices or parapets, the conductors should be arranged in such a way that the distance across the open side of a loop complies with the requirement indicated above. Alternatively, such cornices or parapets should be provided with the holes through which the conductor can pass freely.
3.
BONDING TO PREVENT SIDE FLASHING
Any metal in, or forming a part of the structure, or any building services having metallic parts which are in the contact with the general mass of the earth, should be either isolated from or bonded to the down conductor. This also applies to all exposed large metal items having any dimension greater than 2m whether connected to the earth or not.
7.5.4
JOINTS AND BONDS
7.5.4.1 JOINTS
~ 170 ~
1. . 2.
A lightning protective system should have as few joints as possible.
Joints should be mechanically and electrically effective, for example, clamped, screwed, and bolted, crimped, riveted or welded.
3.
With overlapping joints, the length of the overlap should not be less than 20mm for all type of conductors.
4.
Contact surfaces should first be cleaned, and then inhibited from oxidation with a suitable non- corrosive compound.
5.
Joints of the dissimilar metals should be protected against corrosion or erosion from the elements, or the environment, and should present an adequate contact area.
7.5.4.2 BONDS
1.
Bonds have to join a variety of metallic parts of the different shapes and the composition, and cannot therefore be of a standard form.
. 2. There is the constant problem of the corrosion and the careful attention must be given to the metals involved, i.e. the metal from which the bond is made, and those of the items being bonded.
3.
The bond must be mechanically and the electrically effective, and protected from corrosion in, and erosion by the operating environment.
4.
External metal on, or forming part of a structure, may have to discharge the full lightning current, and its bond to the lightning protective system should have a cross sectional area not less than that employed for the main conductors.
. 5. Structures supporting overhead electric supply, telephone and other lines must not be bonded to a lightning protective system with out the permission of the appropriate
~ 171 ~
authority.
6.
Gas pipe in no case shall be bonded to the lightning protective earth termination system.
7.5.5
TEST JOINTS
Each down conductor should be provided with a test joint in such a position that, while not inviting unauthorized interference, it is convenient for use when testing.
7.5.6
EARTH TERMINATION NETWORK:
1.
An earth station comprising one or more earth electrodes as required should be connected to each down conductor. This shall be specified.
2.
Each of the earth stations should have a resistance not exceeding the product given by the 10 ohms multiplied by the number of earth electrodes to be provided therein. The whole of the lightning protective system, including any ring earth, should have a combined resistance to the earth not exceeding 10 ohms without taking account of any bonding (as per 9.5.3 (3) .
3.
If the value obtained for the whole of the lightning protection system exceeds 10 ohms, a reduction can be achieved by extending or adding to the electrodes or by interconnecting the individual earth terminations of the down conductors by a conductor installed below ground, sometimes referred to as a ring conductor. Buried ring conductors laid in this manner are considered to be an integral part of the earth termination network, and should be taken into account when assessing the overall value of the resistance to the earth of the installation.
4.
A reduction of the resistance to the earth to a value below 10 ohms has the advantage of further reducing the potential gradient around the earth electrode when discharging lighting current, it also further reduce the risk of side flashing to metal in, or of structure.
~ 172 ~
5. Earth electrodes should be capable of being isolated and a reference earth points Should be provided for testing purposes.
SHAPES AND MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUCTORS FOR THE USE ABOVE GROUND
S.NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MATERIAL & SHAPE MINIMUM SIZE Round copper wire or the copper clad 6mm diameter steel wire Stranded copper wire 50 sq.mm or (7/3.00 mm dies) Copper strip 20mm 3mm Round galvanized iron wire 8mm diameter Galvanize iron strip Round aluminium wire Aluminium strip 20mm3mm 8mm diameter 25mm3mm
SHAPES AND MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUCTORS FOR USE BELOW GROUND
S.NO. 1 2 3
MATERIAL & SHAPE MINIMUM SIZE Round copper wire or the copper clad 8mm diameter steel wire Copper strip 32mm 6 mm Round galvanized iron wire 10mm 6mm
~ 173 ~
Galvanize iron strip
32mm6mm
PAINTING 8.0 SCOPE
This chapter covers the requirements of painting work in internal electrical installations, carried out manually by the brush. This does not cover spray painting work of factory made items.
8.1
PAINTING WORK IN GENERAL
~ 174 ~
8.1.1
Paints
Paints, oils, varnishes etc of approved make in original tin to the satisfaction of the Engineer- in-charge shall only be used.
8.1.2. Preparation of the surface The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free from the dust or foreign matter before painting is started. The proposed surface may be inspected by the Engineer- in- charge before the paint is applied. 8.1.3 APPLICATION
1.
Paint shall be applied with the brush; the paint shall be spread as smooth and even as possible. Particular care shall be paid to rivets, nuts, bolts and the overlapping. Before drawing out in the smaller containers, it shall be continuously stirred with a smooth stick, while painting work is taken up.
2.
Primer coat of anticorrosive paint shall be given in the case of the steel work, after preparing the surface. In all the cases of painting work, finishing shall be with the 2 coats of the paint in approved shade.
3.
Each coat shall be allowed to dry out sufficiently before a subsequent coat is applied.
8.1.4
PRECAUTIONS
All furniture, fixtures, glazing, floors etc. shall be protected by suitable covering. All stains, smears, splashing, dropping etc, shall be removed. While painting of wiring etc, it shall be ensured that the painting of the wall and the ceiling etc is not spoiled in any way .8.1.5. Repainting
1.
Painting on old surface in indoor situation will not include primer coat except where specially mentioned in the tender documents. However, where rust has formed on the iron and the steel surface the spots will be painted with the one anti rust primer
~ 175 ~
coat, after preparing the surface.
2.
In cases of repeating, the old paint shall be removed by the first scrapping, or by applying a suitable solvent, and thereafter a fresh.
~ 176 ~
TESTING OF INSTALLATION
9.0
SCOPE
This chapter describes the details of tests to be conducted in the completed internal electrical installation, before commissioning.
9.1
GENERAL
9.1.1
TESTS
On completion of the installation, the following tests shall be carried out: : 1. Insulation resistance test.
2.
Polarity test of the switch.
3.
Earth continuity test.
4.
Earth electrode resistance test.
5.
Witnessing of the tests
9.1.2
Witnessing of tests
Testing shall be carried out for the completed installations, in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the engineer -in -charge by the contractor. All test result shall be recorded and submitted to the department
~ 177 ~
9.1.3
Test instruments All necessary test instruments for the tests shall be arranged by the contractor if so required by the engineerin-charge.
9.2
INSULATION RESISTANCE
9.2.1
The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying between earth and the whole system of the conductor, or any section thereof with all fuses in place and the all switches closed, and except in earthed concentric wiring, all lamps in the positions, or both poles of the installation otherwise electrically connected together, a direct current pressure of not less than twice the working pressure, provided it need not exceed 500 volts for the medium voltage circuits, where the supply is derived from a three wire D.C. or a polyphase A.C. system, the neutral pole of which is connected to the earth either directly or through added resistance, the working pressure shall be deemed to be that which is maintained between the phase conductor and the neutral.
9.2.2
The insulation resistance shall also be measured between all the conductors connected to one pole, or phase conductor of the supply, and all the conductors connected to the neutral, or to the other pole, or phase conductors of the supply with all the lamps in the position and switches in off position, and its value shall be not less than that specified in the sub clause 11.1.3.
9.2.3
The insulation resistance in mega ohms measured as above shall not be less than 12.5 mega ohms for the wiring with PVC insulated cables, subject to a minimum of the 1 mega ohm.
9.2.4
Where a whole installation is being tested, a lower value than that given by the formula, subject to a minimum of 1 mega ohm, is acceptable.
9.2.5
A preliminary and the similar test may be made before the lamps etc, are installed, and in this event the insulation resistance to the earth should not be less than 25 mega ohms for the wiring with PVC insulated cables, subject to a minimum of 2 mega ohms.
9.2.6
The term outlet includes every point along with the every switch, except that a switch combined with a socket outlet, appliance or lighting fitting is regarded as one outlet.
~ 178 ~
9.2.7
Control rheostats, heating and the power appliances and the electric signs may, if required, be disconnected from the circuit during the test, but in that event the insulation resistance between the case or the frame work, and all live parts of the each rheostat, appliance and the sign, shall be not less than that specified in the relevant Indian standard specifications, or where there is no such specification, shall be not less than one mega ohm.
9.3
POLARITY TEST OF SWITCH
9.3.1
In a two wire installation, a test shall be made to verify that all the switches in the every circuit have been fitted in the same conductor throughout, and such conductor shall be labeled or marked for connection to the phase conductor, or to the nonearthed conductors of the supply.
9.3.2
In a three wire or a four wire installation, a test shall be made to verify that every nonlinked single pole switch is fitted in a conductor which is labeled, or marked for the connection to one of the phase conductors of the supply.
9.3.3
The installation shall be connected to the supply for testing the terminals of all the switches shall be tested by a test lamp, one lead of which is connected to the earth. Glowing of the test lamp to its brilliance, when the switch is in on position irrespective of appliance in position or not, shall indicate that the switch is connected to the right polarity.
9.4
TESTING OF EARTH CONTINUITY PATH
The earth continuity conductor, including metal conduits and installation envelops of the cables in all cases, shall be tested for the electric continuity. The electrical resistance of the same along with the Earthing leads, but excluding any added resistance, or the earth leakage circuit breaker, measured from the connection with the earth electrode to any point in the earth continuity conductor in the completed installation shall not exceed one ohm.
9.5
MEASUREMENT OF EARTH ELECTRODE RESISTANCE
~ 179 ~
9.5.1
Two auxiliary earth electrode, beside the test electrode, are placed at the suitable distance from the test electrode, a measured current is passed between the electrode A to be tested and an auxiliary current electrode c and the potential difference between the electrode A and the auxiliary potential B is measured. The resistance of the test electrode a is then given by
R=V/I Where, R= v= I= resistance of the test electrode in the ohms, reading of the voltmeter in the volts. reading of the ammeter in amps.
9.5.2.1
Stray current flowing in the soil may produce serious errors in the measurement of the earth resistance. To eliminate this, hand driven generator is used.
9.5.2.2
If the frequency of the supply of hand driven generator coincides with the frequency of stray current, there will be wandering of the instrument pointer. An increase or decrease of the generator speed will cause this to disappear.
. 9.5.3 At the time of test, the electrode shall be separated from the Earthing system.
9.5.4
The auxiliary electrodes shall be of 13mm diameter steel rod driven upto 1m into the ground.
9.5.5
All the three electrodes shall be so placed that they are independent of the resistance area of the each other, if the test electrode is in the form of a rod, pipe or the plate, the auxiliary current electrode c shall be placed at least 30m away from it and the auxiliary potential electrode b shall be placed mid way between them.
~ 180 ~
9.5.6
Unless three consecutive reading of the test electrode resistance agree, the test shall be repeated by increasing the distance between electrode A and C upto 50 m, and the each time placing the electrode B midway between them.
9.5.7
On these principles, megger earth tester, containing a direct reading ohm -meter, a hand driven generator and the auxiliary electrodes are manufactured for direct reading of the earth resistance of electrodes.
9.6
TEST CERTIFICATE
On completion of an electrical installation (or an extension to an installation), a certificate shall be furnished by the contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct supervision the installation was carried out. This certificate shall be in the prescribed form as given in the appendix F in the addition to test certificate required by the local electric supply authorities.
~ 181 ~
IMPORTANT CLAUSES OF INDIAN ELECTRICITY RULES, 1956
The following clauses of Indian electricity rules, 1956 shall in particular be taken care of in the execution of the internal EI works: _______________________________________________________________________ Clause No. SUBJECT
________________________________________________________________________
Authorization
29
Construction, installation, protection, operation maintenance of the electric supply lines and apparatus.
31
Cut out on the consumer premises
32
Identification of earthed and earthed neutral conductors position of the switches and cutout there in.
33
Earthed terminal on the consumer premises
36 41 42 43 44 44A . 45
Handling of the electric supply lines and the apparatus. Distinction of circuits of the different voltages. Accidental charge. Provisions applicable to protective equipment. Instructions for the restoration of persons suffering from the electric shock Intimation of accident
Precautions to be adopted by the consumers, owners, occupiers electrical contractors, electrical workmen and the suppliers.
.
~ 182 ~
46 . 48 . 50 . 50 A
Periodical inspection and testing of the consumer installation.
Precautions against leakage before connection.
Supply and use of the energy
Additional provisions for the supply and the use of energy in multistoried buildings more than 18 meters in height.
51 Provisions applicable to media high or extra high voltage installations. 54 Declared voltage of the supply to the consumer. 55 Declared frequency of the supply to the consumer. 56 Sealing of the meters and the cut outs. 58 Point of commencement of the supply. 59 Precautions against failures of the supply, notice of failures. 61 Connection with the earth.
61 A
Earth leakage protective device.
64
Use of the energy at the high and the extra high voltage.
64 A
Additional provisions for the use of energy at the high and the extra high voltage.
67 68 .
Connection with the earth. General conditions as to transformation and control of the energy.
All clauses (74-93) under chapter 8 on the overhead lines.
~ 183 ~
137 . 138
Mode of entry
Penalty for breaking seal.
138-a Penalty for breach of the rule 44A.
139
Penalty for the breach of the rule 45.
140
Penalty for the breach of the rule 82
140A
Penalty for the breach of the rules 77, 79 or 80.
141
Penalty for the breach of the rules.
~ 184 ~
IMPORTANT INDIAN STANDARDS
SL. NO. 1. 2. 3.
CODE OF PRACTICE/GUIDE IS: 732 1989 IS: 4648 -1968 IS: 8061-1976
TITLE Code of practice for electrical wiring installations Guide for the electrical layout in residential buildings. Code of the practice for the design, installation and maintenance of the service lines upto and including 650 v. Code of the practice for the installation of the electric bells and the call system. Guide for marking of insulated conductor. Guide for the uniform system of the marking and identification of the conductors and apparatus terminals. Guide for the short- circuit circulations. Guide for the improvement to the power factor in the consumer installation low and the medium supply voltages. Code of the practice for the interior illumination principles for the good lighting and the aspects of the design. Code of practice for the interior illumination schedule of the illumination and the glare index. Code of the practice for interior illumination calculation of the coefficients of the utilization by the BZ method. Code of the practice for the hospital lightning. Code of the practice for the industrial lightning. Code of the practice for the library lighting Code of the practice for selection, installation and the maintenance of the switchgear and the control gears General.
4.
IS: 8884-1978
5. 6.
IS: 5578-1985 IS: 11353-1985
7. 8.
IS: 5728-1970 IS: 7752 (part -1)-1975
9.
IS: 3646 (part 1)-1966
10. 11.
IS: 3646(part 2)-1966 IS: 3646 (part 3)-1968
12. 13. 14. 15.
IS: 4347 -1967 IS: 6665-1972 IS: 2672-1966 IS: 10118(part 1)-1982
~ 185 ~
SL. NO. 16.
CODE OF PRACTICE/GUIDE IS: 10118 (part 2)-1982
TITLE Code of the practice for the selection installation and the maintenance of the switchgear and the control gear selection. Code of practice for the selection, installation and the maintenance of the switchgear and the control gear, installation. Code of the practice for the selection, installation and the maintenance of switchgear and control gear: Application guide for the voltage transformers Application guide for the current transformers Application guide for capacitor voltage transformers. Code of practice for the protection and the allied structures against lightning. Code of the practice for the Earthing Guide for the safety procedures and the practices in electrical work, general. Guide for the safety procedures and practices in electrical work, life saving techniques Safety code for the scaffolds and ladders,
17.
IS: 10118 (part 3)-1982
18. 19. 20. 21. 22.
IS 10118 (part 4)-1982 IS: 4146-1983 IS: 4201-1983 IS: 5547-1983 IS: 2309-1989
23. 24
IS: 3043-1987 IS: 5216(part 1)-1982
25.
IS: 5216 (part 2)-1982
26.
IS: 3696 (part 2)-1966
ELECTRIC FANS
1. IS: 555 1979
Electric table type fans and the regulators.
2. IS: 1169-1967
Electric pedestal type fans and the regulators
3. IS: 374-1979
Electric ceiling type fans and the regulators
4. IS: 2997-1964
Air circulator type electric fans and regulators.
~ 186 ~
5. IS: 2312-1967
Propeller type AC ventilating fans.
6. IS: 3588-1987
Electrical axial flow fan
7. IS: 3963-1987
Roof extractor units.
8. IS: 4283-1981
Hot air fans
9. IS: 6272-1987
Industrial cooling fans (main coolers)
10. IS: 4894-1987
Centrifugal fans.
11. IS: 11037-1984
Electronic type fan regulators.
12. IS: 12155-1987
General and the safety requirement for the fans and regulators for household and the similar purposes.
LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH GEAR AND THE CONTROL GEAR
1.
IS: 4237-1983
General requirements for switchgear and control gear for the voltages not exceeding 1000 v ac or the 1200 v dc.
. 2. IS: 6875(part 1) -1973: Control switches (switching device for control and the auxiliary circuits including contractor relays) for the voltage upto and including 1000 v AC and 1200 v DC general requirements and the tests.
~ 187 ~
3.
IS: 6875 (part 2)-1973
Control switches (switching device for control and the auxiliary circuits including contractor relays) for the voltages upto and including 1000 v AC and 1200v DC: push buttons and related control switches.
4.
IS : 6875(part 3)-1980-Control switches ( switching device for control and the auxiliary circuits including contractor relays) for voltage upto and including 1000 V AC and 1200 V DC rotary control switches.
5.
IS: 10027-1981 Composite units of the air break switches and rewire able type fuses for the voltage not exceeding 650 V AC.
6.
IS: 4064 (part 1)-1978- Air break switches, air break disconnections, air break switch disconnections and fuse combination units for the voltage not exceeding 1000 V AC or 1200 V DC General requirements.
7.
IS: 2675-1983
Enclosed distribution fuse boards and cutouts for the voltage not exceeding 1000v.
8.
IS: 8828-1978
Miniature air break circuit breakers for the voltages not exceeding 1000 v.
9.
IS: 13032-1991 Miniature circuit breaker boards for the voltages upto and including 1000 volts AC.
10.
IS: 12640-1988 Residual current operated circuit breakers.

~ 188 ~
11.
IS: 2959-1985
Contactors for the voltages not exceeding 1000 v AC or 1200 V DC.
12.
IS: 2516(part-1 sec 1-1985)-
Circuit breakers, requirements and the tests
voltages not exceeding 1000V AC or 1200 V DC.
13.
IS: 12021-1987 Specifications for the control transformers for switchgear and control gear for the voltages not exceeding 1000 volts AC.
14.
IS: 5039-1983
Distribution pillars for the voltage not exceeding 1000 v.
15.
IS: 8623(part 1)-1977-Factory built assemblies of the switchgear and control gear for the voltages upto and including 1000 V AC and 1200 V DC: general requirements.
16.
IS:8623 (part 2)-1980
-Factory built assemblies of the switchgear and control gear for the voltage upto and including 1000 V AC and 1200 V DC, particular requirements for the busbar trunking system (bus ways)
. 17. IS: 8544 (part 1)-1977-Motor starters for the voltages not exceeding 1000v direct on the line AC starters.
18.
IS: 8544 (part-2)-1977-Motor starters for the voltages not exceeding 1000v: star delta starters.
~ 189 ~
19.
IS: 8544(part-4)-1979
-Motor starters for the voltage not exceeding 1000 V: reduced voltage as starters, two step autotransformer starters.
POWER CABLE
1.
IS: 694-1990
PVC insulated cables for the working voltages upto and including 1100 V.
IS: 1554 (part 1)-1988-PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables: for the working voltages upto and including 1100 V
IS: 3961 (part 5)-1968-Recommend current ratings for the cable, PVC insulated light duty cables.
IS: 4288-1988
PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables with the solid aluminium conductors for voltages upto and including 1100V.
IS: 4289(part-1)-1984-Flexible cables for the lifts and the other flexible connections: elastomer insulated cables.
ELECTRIC WIRING ACCESSORIES
1. IS: 9537 (part 1)-1980Conduits for the electrical installations general requirements.
2. IS: 9537 (part 2)-1981
Conduits for electrical installations, rigid steel conduits
~ 190 ~
3. IS: 3480-1966
Flexible steel conduits for the electrical wiring.
4. IS: 2667-1988
Fittings for the rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring
. 5. IS: 3837-1976 Accessories for the rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring
6. IS: 9537 (part 4)-1983
Conduits for the electrical installation applicable self recovering conduits of the insulating materials.
7. IS: 6946-1973
Flexible (pliable) non-metallic conduit electrical installations.
8. IS: 3419-1989
Fittings for rigid non-metallic conduits
9. IS: 5133(part 1)-1969
Boxes for the enclosure of the electrical accessories, steel and the cast iron boxes.
10. IS: 5133 (part 2)-1969
Boxes for enclosure of the electrical accessories, boxes made of insulating materials.
11. IS: 2412-1975
Link clips for the electrical wiring
12. IS: 371 -1979
Ceiling roses
13. IS: 3854-1988 14. IS: 4615-1968
Switches for the domestic and similar purposes Switch socket outlets (non inter-locking type)
~ 191 ~
15. IS: 4160-1967
Interlocking switch socket outlet.
16. IS: 1293- 1988
Plugs and the socket outlets of rated voltage up to and including 250 volts and the rated current up to and including 16 amperes
ELECTRICAL LAMPS AND THEIR AUXILIARIES
(1)
IS: 418-1978
Tungsten filament general service electric lamps.
(2)
IS: 2418 (part 1)-1977
Tubular fluorescent lamps for general lighting service, requirements and the tests.
(3)
IS: 9900 (part-1)-1981 High pressure mercury vapor lamp requirements and the tests.
(4)
IS: 9974 (part-1)-1981 High pressure sodium vapor lamps requirements and the tests.
(5) . (6) . (7) . (8) .
IS: 1258-1987
Rayonet lamp holders
IS: 3323-1980
Bi-pin lamp holders for the tabular fluorescent lamp
IS: 3324-1982
Holders for starters for the tubular fluorescent lamp
IS: 2215-1984
Starters for the fluorescent lamps
~ 192 ~
(9)
IS: 1534 (part 1)-1977 Ballast for the fluorescent lamp, for switch start circuits
(10)
IS: 1569-1976
Capacitors for use in the tubular fluorescent high pressure mercury and the low pressure sodium vapor discharge lamp circuits.
(11)
IS: 6616-1982
Ballasts for the high pressure mercury vapor lamps.
LIGHT FITTINGS AND LUMINARIES
(1)
IS: 1913 (part -1)-1978 General and the safety requirements for luminaries, tubular fluorescent lamps
(2)
IS: 10322 (part 1)-1982
Luminaries: general requirements.
(3)
IS: 10322 (part -2)-1982 Luminaries: constructional requirements
(4)
IS: 10322 (part -5/ sec 1)
Luminaries: particular requirements, recessed luminaries.
(5)
IS: 10322 (part5/sec-3) Luminaries: Particular requirements, luminaries for the road and street lighting.
(6)
IS: 10322 (part-5/sec4) Luminaries: particular requirements, portable general purpose luminaries.
(7)
IS: 10322 (part5/sec5)
Luminaries, particular requirements, flood light.

~ 193 ~
(8)
IS: 3287-1965
Industrial lighting fittings with the plastic reflectors.
(9) . (10)
IS: 1777-1978
Industrial luminaries with the metal reflectors
IS: 2206 (part-1)-1984 Flame proof electric lighting fittings, well glass and the bulkhead types
. (11) . (12) . (13) . (14) IS: 7537-1974 Road traffic signals IS: 8030-1976 Luminaries for the hospitals IS: 3553-1966 Water tight electric lighting fittings IS: 3528 -1966 Water proof electric lighting fittings
(15)
IS: 9583-1981
Emergency lighting units.
ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES
1.
IS: 302- 1979
General and the safety requirements for the household and the similar electrical appliances.
. 2. IS: 2268-1988 Electric call bells and the buzzers for the indoor use.
3.
IS: 3412-1985
Electric water boilers.
ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS
~ 194 ~
(1)
IS: 6236-1971
Direct recording electrical measuring instruments.
(2)
IS: 1248 (part -1)-1983 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their accessories, general requirements
(3)
IS: 1248 (Part-2)-1983
Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments & their accessories, ammeters and the voltmeters.
(4)
IS: 1248 (part -3)-1983 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their accessories, measuring instruments & their accessories, and varmeters.
. (5) IS: 1248 (part-4)-1983 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their accessories, frequency meters.
(6)
IS: 1248(part -5)-1983
Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their accessories, phase meters, power factor meters and the synchroscope.
(7)
IS: 722(part -1)-1988
AC electricity meters, general requirements and the tests.
. (8) IS: 722 (part-2)-1977 AC electricity meters, single phase whole current watt hour meters, class 2
~ 195 ~
(9)
IS: 722(part-3)-1977
AC electricity meters, three phase whole current and the transformer operated and the single phase transformer operated watt-hour meters, class 2.
(10)
IS: 722 (part-5)-1980
AC electricity meters, volt ampere hour meters for restricted power factor range, class 3.5.
(11)
IS: 722 (part-7/sec-1)
AC electricity meters, volt ampere hour meter for the full power factor range, general requirements
. (12) IS: 722 (part-8)-1972 AC electricity meters, single phase 2 wire whole current watt-hours meter (class 1.0)
(13)
IS: 722 (part-9)-1972
Ac electricity meters, three phase whole current and transformer operated watt-hours meters, and the single phase two wire transformer operated watthours meters (class.1.0)
(14) . (15)
IS: 8530-1977
Maximum demand indicators
IS: 2992-1987
Insulation resistance testers hand operated (magneto- generator type).
INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS
1.
IS: 2705 (part-1)-1981 Current transformers, general requirements
2.
IS: 2705 (part-2)-1981 Current transformers, measuring current transformers
~ 196 ~
. 3. IS: 2705(part-3)-1981 Current transformers, protective current transformers
4.
IS: 2705 (part-4)-1981 Current transformers, protective current transformers applications for the specific purpose
. 5. IS: 6949-1973 Summation current transformers.
FUSES
(1)
IS: 9224 (part-1)-1979 Low voltage fuses, general requirements
(2)
IS: 9224 (part-2)-1979 Low voltage fuses, supplementary requirements for the fuses for the industrial applications.
(3)
IS: 2086-1982
Carriers and the bases used in the rewire able type electrical fuses up to 650 volts
. (4) IS: 9926-1981 Fuse wire used in the rewire able type electric fuses up to 650 volts . (5) IS: 8187-1976 D- type fuses.
MISCELLANEOUS
1. IS: 2551-1982
Danger notice plates
2. IS: 2448(PART-1)-1963
Adhesive insulating tapes for the electrical

~ 197 ~
purpose, tapes with the cotton textile substrates.
ELECTRO TECHNICAL VOCABULARY
1. IS: 1885 (part -1)-1961
Electro technical vocabulary, fundamental definations.
. 2. IS: 1885 (part-9)-1980 Electro technical vocabulary, electrical relay
3. IS: 1885 (part-11)-1966
Electro technical vocabulary, electrical measurements
4. IS: 1885 (part-16/sec-1)
Electro technical vocabulary, lighting, general aspects.
5. IS: 1885 (part-16/sec-2)
Electro technical vocabulary, lighting, general illumination, lighting fittings and the lighting for the traffic and signaling.
6. IS: 1885 (part-16/sec 3)
Electro technical vocabulary lighting: lamps and the auxiliary apparatus
7. IS: 1885 (part -17)-1979
Electro technical vocabulary switchgear and control gear
8. IS: 1885 (part-32)-1971
Electro technical vocabulary, cables, conductor and the accessories for the electricity supply
~ 198 ~
SAFETY
(1)
IS: 4770-1991
Rubber gloves for the electrical purposes.
(2) . 11.
IS: 5424-1969
Rubber mats for the electrical purposes
A chart containing the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the nearest authorised medical practitioners, hospitals, fire brigade and also of the officers in executive charge shall be displayed prominently along with the first aid box.
12.
Engineer-In-Charge should take immediate steps to train supervisory and authorized persons of the engineering staff viz, AEs, JEs, head electricians, foreman, electricians and wireman in the first aid practices, including various method of the artificial respiration with the help of the local authorities such as fire brigade, St John Ambulance brigade, Indian red cross or other recognized institutions equipped to impart such training, as prompt rendering of artificial respiration can save life at times of electric shock.
. 13. All new recruits should be given such first aid training immediately after appointment.
14.
All supervisory and authorized persons of the engineering staff should be deputed for refresher course in the first aid training after every two years.
15.
Details of preventive maintenance to be undertaken shall be in accordance with the schedule given at serial number 28 of this appendix. All preventive maintenance work shall be preplanned as far as possible and names of persons who are assigned to this work should be entered in a log book.
16.
Electrical wiring and control switches should be periodically inspected and any defective wiring, broken parts of switches which will expose live parts, should be replaced immediately to make installations safe for the user.
17.
Reports indicating details of the preventive maintenance works done should be kept in a register by the each Site Engineer and should bear signatures of the Asst, Engineer
~ 199 ~
and executive engineer by way of the checks.
18.
No work shall be undertaken on the live installations, or on installations which could be energized unless one another person is present to immediately isolate the electric supply in the case of any accident and to render first aid, if necessary.
19. No work of live L.T. busbar or pedestal switch board in the substations should be handled by a person below the rank of a wireman and such a work should preferably be done in the presence of the Site Engineer in charge of work.
20.
When working on or near live installations, suitably insulated tools should be used, and the special care should be taken to see that those tools accidentally do not drop on live terminals causing shock or dead short.
21.
The electrical switchgears and the distribution boards should be clearly marked to indicate the areas being controlled by them.
22.
Before starting any work on the existing installation, it should be ensured that the electric supply to that portion in which the work is undertaken is preferably cut off. Precautions like displaying Men at work caution boards on the controlling switches, removing fuse carrier from these switches, and these being kept being kept with the person working on the installation, etc should be taken against accidental.
~ 200 ~
FORM OF COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
I/We certify that the installation detailed below has been installed by me/us and tested and that to the best of my/our knowledge and belief it complies with Indian Electricity Rules, 1956, as well as the C.P.W.D. General Specifications of Electrical works 1994.
Electrical installation at : _________________________________________________
Voltage and system of supply: _____________________________________________
Particulars of work:
a)
Internal Electrical Installation: No. Total load: Type or system of wiring
i)
Light Point
ii)
Fan Point
iii)
Plug point
A)
3 Pin 5 Amp.
B)
3 Pin 15 Amp.
b)
Others:
Description
HP/KW
Type of starting
a)
Motors: i)
~ 201 ~
ii)
iii)
b)
Other Plants:
c)
If the work involves installation of over head line and/or underground cable.
a)
i)
Type & description of overhead line.
ii)
Total length and no. of spans.
iii)
No. of street lights and its description.
b)
i)
Total length of underground cable & its size.
ii)
No. of joints
: End joints
: Tee joints
: St. through joint
II.
Earthing:
i)
Description of earthing electrode.
ii)
No. of earth electrodes
~ 202 ~
iii)
Size of main earth lead.
III)
Test results:
a)
Insulation resistance
i)
Insulation resistance of the whole system of conductors to earth
: Megaohms
ii)
Insulation between the phase conductor and neutral.
Between Phase R and neutral
: Megaohms
Between Phase Y and neutral
: Megaohms
Between Phase B and neutral
: Megaohms
iii)
Insulation resistance between the phase conductors in case of poly-phase supply:
Between Phase R and Phase Y
: Megaohms
Between Phase Y and Phase B Between Phase B and Phase R
: Megaohms : Megaohms
b)
Polarity test Polarity of non linked single pole branch switches.
c)
Earth continuity test Maximum resistance between any point in the earth continuity conductor including metal conduits and main earthing lead ............... Ohms.
~ 203 ~
d)
Earth electrode resistance: Resistance of each earth electrode: i) ............................................ Ohms
ii)
............................................ Ohms
iii)
............................................ Ohms
iv)
............................................ Ohms
e)
Lightning protective system:
Resistance of the whole of lightning protective system to earth before any bonding is effected with earth electrode and metal in/on the structure ________ Ohms.
SIGNATURE & NAME OF ELECTRICAL ENGR. & SITE IN-CHARGE
SIGNATURE & NAME OF THE CONTRACTOR
~ 204 ~
SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIFT
~ 205 ~
NAME OF WORK:
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OF HOSTEL BLOCK AT SPA BHOPAL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LIFTS
CLIENT:
SCHOOL OF PLANNING AND ARCHITRCTURE
~ 206 ~
INDEX
SL. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. 208
1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIFTS
2. SCOPE OF WORK
208
3. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
210 TO 225
4. MISCELLANEOUS SPECIFICATIONS
225 TO 230
5. INSTALLATION
231 TO 234
6. LIST OF APPROVED MAKE
234
7. SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS
ANNEXURE-I
8. LIFT OF TOOLS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR
ANNEXURE-II
9. SCHEDULE FOR MANUFACTURING, SUPPLY & INSTALLATION
ANNEXURE-III
~ 207 ~
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIFTS:
1.0
SCOPE OF WORK:
These specifications are intended to cover the complete installation of an elevator plant in a first class workman like manner and include all work and materials in accordance with the building plans and as specified.
2.0
CODES & SPECIFICATIONS: This work shall be done in accordance with the regulations of any local codes and following IS codes which govern the requirement of the installations:
S.NO.CODE NO. a)IS:1860 (Amended upto date) b)IS:3534
DESCRIPTION
Code of practice for installation, maintenance of electric lifts.
operation
&
Outline dimension of Electric lift
c)IS:4666
Specifications for Electric lifts
~ 208 ~
d)IS:1735
Rules for the Design, installation, Testing & operation of lifts.
CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works, 2003Part-I(Internal), Part-II (External) & Part-III (Lift & Escalators) shall be referred for execution of work.
In all cases where a device or part of the equipment is herein referred to in the singular number, it is intended that such references shall apply to as many such devices as are required to complete the installations.
3.0
POWER SUPPLY: The apparatus shall be designed to operate in 415V, AC 3 phase, 4 wires, 50 C/s.
The supply for illumination and signal equipment shall be 230V, AC single phase, 50 C/s.
~ 209 ~
4.0
SCOPE: These general specifications cover equipment, inspection as may be necessary before dispatch, delivery at site and putting into operation and final testing etc. of Bed Elevator & Passenger lifts to be provided in building.
5.0 5.1
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS: These elevator shall be furnished in accordance with the following details:
5.1.1
PASSENGER LIFT:
S.NO.DESCRIPTION PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS Passenger Type.
1. Each(One)No. of lifts required.
2. 844 Kg. (13 Persons) 1.0 Mtr./Sec.Load & speed.
3. 12 Mtr(Approx.) for GF to 3rd floor Travel.
4. Stops-4, openings (All opening on same side)Stops & Openings.
5. 1900mm x 2500mm (approx.)Lift well available.
6. 4800mm Over head available.
~ 210 ~
7. 1600mm (approx.)Pit depth available.
8. AC variable Voltage variable frequency with microprocessor control.
9. Single full control for attendant Operation.
each bank fully selective
with/without
10. Car entrance Front
11. 1 No. centre opening size 900mm wide x 2000mm height No. type & size of door.
11.1 Illuminated for direction indicator shall be provided on the rear panel of the car. Car directions indicator.
~ 211 ~
S.NO.DESCRIPTION 11.2 Overload alarm indicator
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS Overload alarm indicator provided in the car Power operated shall be
11.3 Power or manual operation
11.4 Car opening 12. Car operating.
Front The car operating panel with hinged stainless steel face-plate shall have illuminated floor buttons, door open & emergency stop integral interphone (for the convenience, comfort & safety of elevator passengers). The car position indicator shall be compact and of attractive hair line finish, stainless steel face plate having digital display and illuminated direction arrows. Recessed compact fluorescent light fitting (with lamps) mirror optics type with an illumination level not less than 100 lux.
13. Car position indicator.
14.Car illumination
~ 212 ~
S.NO.DESCRIPTION 15 Operation.
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS Duplex full control for each bank fully selective with/without attendant.
15.1 Car entrance
Front
15.2 No. type & size of door.
1 No. centre opening size 1700mm wide x 2000mm height
15.3 Car directions indicator.
Illuminated for direction indicator shall be provided on the rear panel of the car.
15.4 Overload alarm indicator.
Overload alarm indicator provided in the car
shall
be
15.5 Power operation.
or
manual Power operated
15.6 Car opening.
Front
15.7 Car operating.
The car operating panel with hinged stainless steel face-plate shall have illuminated floor buttons, door open & emergency stop integral interphone (for the convenience, comfort & safety of elevator passengers).
16 Car position indicator.
The car position indicator shall be compact and of attractive hair line finish, stainless steel face plate having digital display and illuminated direction arrows.
~ 213 ~
17. Car illumination
Recessed compact fluorescent light fitting (with lamps) mirror optics type with an illumination level not less than 100 lux.
18. Call buttons.
The signal fixtures shall be provided on the terminal & intermediate landings of a group of two elevators and located balance, the two car lifts by means of digital readout and illuminated direction arrows.
5.1.2
Common Features for Passenger Lifts:
a) DIRECTION & POSITION INDICATOR IN CAR b) EMERGENCY ALARM c) FACIAL PLATE d) 2 PHASE FIREMAN DRIVE e) HANDS FREE PRESS & SPEAK INTERCOM f) FULL HEIGHT INFRA RED CURTAIN g) PIT LADDER h) TUBULAR STAINLESS STEEL HANDRAIL i) INBUILT VOLTAGE STABILIZER j) SIGNAL FIXTURES IN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH k) EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH RECHARGEABLE BATTERY l) ADJUSTABLE GUIDE SHOES m) MICRO MOVEMENT LED BASED BUTTONS n) MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERY BASED INTERCOM o) HIGHLY ADVANCE DC DOOR OPERATOR p) +/- 10% TO 20% VOLT FLUCTUATION WITHSTAND CAPACITY q) MIRROR ON REAR SIDE r) AUTOMATIC RESCUE DEVICE
~ 214 ~
5.1.3
Common Features for Bed Elevator:
a) DIRECTION & POSITION INDICATOR IN CAR b) EMERGENCY ALARM c) FACIAL PLATE d) 2 PHASE FIREMAN DRIVE e) HANDS FREE PRESS & SPEAK INTERCOM f) FULL HEIGHT INFRA RED CURTAIN g) PIT LADDER h) TUBULAR STAINLESS STEEL HANDRAILS 3 SIDES INSIDE LIFT CAR i) INBUILT VOLTAGE STABILIZER j) SIGNAL FIXTURES IN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH k) EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH RECHARGEABLE BATTERY l) ADJUSTABLE GUIDE SHOES
m) MICRO MOVEMENT LED BASED BUTTONS n) MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERY BASED INTERCOM o) HIGHLY ADVANCE DC DOOR OPERATOR p) +/- 10% TO 20% VOLT FLUCTUATION WITHSTAND CAPACITY q) MIRROR ON REAR SIDE r) STRETCHER GUARD s) AUTOMATIC RESCUE DEVICE
5.2
The other specifications of the electric lifts shall be as under:
~ 215 ~
5.2.1
MACHINE: The machine shall be of the single wrap traction type and shall include a motor, electromechanical brake, steel worm bronze gear, steel sheave shaft and ferromolybdenum sheave all compactly mounted on a single base load. The worm shaft shall be provided with ball bearing to take the end Thrust and roller bearings shall be furnished for the sheave shaft to ensure alignment and long bearing lift. The driving sheave shall be grooved to ensure sufficient traction and minimize rope wear. Adequate means of lubrication shall be provided for all bearings and worm gear.
The machine shall be placed directly above the hoist-way upon machine from slab and/or RSJ section furnished in place by the Owner.
5.2.2
BRAKE The lift drive machinery shall be provided with an electromagnetic brake or motor operated brake normally applied by means of springs in compression when the operating device is in off position. The brake shall be suitably curved over the brake shall be designed to be of sufficient size and strength to stop and hold the car at rest with rated load. The brake should be capable of operation automatically by the various safety devices, Current failure and by the normal stopping of the car. In addition to release electrically, it shall also be possible to release the brake manually. Such releases requiring the permanent application of manual force so as to move the lift car in short stops. For this purpose suitable brake
~ 216 ~
release equipment wherever necessary shall be kept in safe custody to prevent misuse.
5.2.3
MOTOR The motor shall be wound for alternating current and suitable for the service proposed & arranged for ample lubrication.
5.2.4
CONTROL It should be two speed AC variable voltage variable frequency with micro processor control.
5.2.5
PROTECTIVE DEVICE Overload relays shall be supplied to protect the driving motor against overloads.
5.2.6
REVERSE PHASE RELAY A reverse phase relay shall be provided in the controller which shall be designed to protect the elevator equipment against phase reversal and phase failure.
5.2.7
CAR FRAME, CAR SAFETY GOVERNOR The car frame which supports the car platform and enclosure shall be made of structural steel and equipped with suitable guides & suitable car safety device mounted underneath and the car platform. The hoist ropes shall include adjustable self aligning hitches. The car safety shall be operated by a centrifugal speed governor located
~ 217 ~
at the top of the hoist way and connected to the governor through a continuous steel rope. Suitable means shall be supplied to cut-off power from the motor and apply the brake an application of safety. 5.2.8 COUNTER BALANCE A suitable guided structural steel frame with appropriate filler weight shall be furnished to promote smooth and economical operation.
5.2.9
TERMINAL & FINAL LIMITS These shall stop the car automatically at terminal floors with in the top and bottom permissible, over travel. They shall act independently of the operating devices, the ultimate limit switches and the buffers. They shall be in accordance with clause 23 of IS: 4666-1968.
Terminal stopping devices located in shaft or in the car and operated by cams shall be fitted with rollers having a rubber or other approved composition to provide silent operation when actuated by the cam, when the lift car cross head is 60 cm from the nearest obstruction above, it, no projection on the car shall strike any part of the overhead structure.
5.2.10
TERMINAL BUFFERS Suitable spring oil buffers shall be installed as a means of stopping the car and counter-weight at the extreme limits of travel. Buffers in the pit shall be mounted on steel channels which shall extend between both the car and counter-weight guide rails. When the lift car rests on fully compressed buffers there shall be at least 60 cm clearance between the lowest point on its car frame &
~ 218 ~
any obstruction in the pit exclusive of buffers & their support.
5.2.11
GUIDES & FASTENINGS Planned steel tees shall be provided as guides for the car & counter-weight. The rail contact surfaces of the connecting rail plates and the both of the guide rail ends shall be accurately machined to form smooth joints. The steel section of at guides shall be tongued and grooved to provide matched joints. The guide rails shall have section, the properties of which comply with the requirement of the latest IS codes.
5.2.12 5.2.13
ROPES: The hoist ropes shall be of traction steel of suitable size, construction and number to ensure the proper operation of the elevator & give satisfactory wearing qualities; governor ropes shall be of steel. The rope shall consist of at least six stands would around a heavy core centre, and shall be specially designed and construction for elevator application.
5.2.14
OPERATION: The operation shall be fully automatic. A time relay will hold the car for an adjustable internal of few seconds at the landings, at which stops are made, to enable passengers to enter or leave the car. Pressing or a car button for another landing before this time elapse will cause the car to start provided the car door and hoist way doors are closed.
~ 219 ~
A car can not be started unless the car door is in the closed position and all hoist way doors for that car locked in the closed position.
In case of operation with an attendant the regular car operating panel shall be stainless steel flush mounted which includes buttons, switches, etc. for the collective control and will also include:-
A Two- Position key-operation switch marked to indicate Attendant operation.
A buzzer
A key operated independent service switch
Up and down direction illuminated arrows.
A non stop button.
Emergency stop button.
With the key switch in the position of with attendant the direction lights and buzzer are operative and the up direction button and Down direction in the regular car operating panel are made effective for the attendant operation.
When on attendant operation the car and hoist-way doors will open automatically at each stop but the closing
~ 220 ~
of the doors will be subject to the Up or Down direction buttons.
As a visuals signal to the attendant, the attendant the Up or Down direction illuminated arrow will illuminated upon registration of either car or landing calla to indicate the travel direction of the car. The attendant will operate the elevator normally in the directional illuminated arrow, but, if desired, opposite direction travel may be realized by pressing of a car and the direction button in he car operating panel for that direction. The buzzer will sound on the pressure of a landing button, if a hoist way button will be used the car to by-pass all landing button calls and respond only to registered car calls.
5.2.15
The lift car under automatic attendant control shall stop at landing with car sill fairly in level with the landing sill. The difference in level shall not exceed +/-12 mm. It shall not be possible for the car to be started or kept in motion unless all the landing doors are closed and locked except when the car is coming to a stop at a landing with in the leveling zone. CAR ENCLOSURE The car enclosure, shall be an elegant design comprising of the following:
5.2.16
5.2.17
a) Panel Stainless steel b) Flooring Anti Skid PVC flooring of approved shade c) Suspending ceiling Frame extruded aluminum light diffuser. As per specifications or as approved by Engineer-In-Charge. d) Lighting Recessed compact fluorescent light fitting (with lamps) mirror optics type with an illumination level not less than 100 lux. e) Entrance/Columns Matching with panels f) Ventilation Pressure fan with grill or exhaust fan with concealed vents.
~ 221 ~
5.2.18 (a)
CAR & HOIST WAY DOORS PASSENGER LIFT: At each landing a centre opening stainless steel sliding door giving a clear opening of 900 mm wide x 2000 mm high shall be provided.
(b)
BED ELEVATOR: At each landing a side opening stainless steel sliding door giving a clear opening of 1700 mm wide x 2000 mm high shall be provided.
5.2.19
CAR & HOIST WAY DOORS OPERATION: The equipment shall consist of a machine on the elevator car, operating the car door when the car is stopping at a landing. The car door and hoist way door shall be mechanically connected and shall move simultaneously of opening and closing.
The car door and the hoist way door shall be power operated & power closed shall be checked in opening and closing with an oil cushioning mechanism built into the gear unit.
Each hoist way door shall be provided with an interlock which shall prevent movement of the car away from the landing until the doors are locked in the closed position as defined in the latest IS codes.
~ 222 ~
An electric contact for the car door shall be provided which shall prevent movement away from the landing unless the door is in the closed position as defined in the latest IS codes.
Necessary switches shall be provided in the elevator machine to control the operation of the doors.
The car door and the hoist way doors shall open automatically as the car is stopping at a landing. The closing of the car door and hoist way door must occur before the car be started. Doors can be stopped and reversed during their closing motion.
5.2.20
DOOR HANGER & TRACKS Safety shoe extending to the full height projecting beyond the frond edge of the car door shall be provided on each or the car door.
5.2.21
The closing the car and hoist way doors staff return to the open position. The doors shall remain open until the expiration of a predetermined interval and then close automatically. Reversal of the doors shall also be accomplished by pressing the open door button in the car operating panel.
5.2.22
FIREMAN SWITCH Whenever specified for a bank of lift, 1 No. fireman switch with glass to break for access shall be provided at
~ 223 ~
ground or main floor for any one of the lifts. The operation of this switch shall isolate/or cancel all calls to this lift and the lift will stop at the next nearest landing if traveling upward. The doors will not open at this landing and the lift will start traveling to ground floor. If it was already traveling down, it will go straight to ground floor direct without stopping in route.
5.2.23
EMERGENCY LIGHT An emergency light unit using 9 volts dry battery power pack and incandescent lamp, to operate in case of power failure by means of a switch installed in the unit, shall be provided in the elevator car.
5.2.24
ALARM BELL
An emergency alarm bell, including wiring shall b provided and connected to a plainly marked push button in the car operating panel. The alarm bell shall be started in the hoist way near the ground floor.
The alarm unit shall be solid be solid state siren type, operated by 9 volts dry batteries to give a waxing and warning siren when the alarm button in the car is pressed momentarily and it will stop after a predetermined time.
5.2.25
TERMINAL OF FINAL LIMITS
~ 224 ~
Terminal switches shall be provided to slow down and stop the car at the car at the terminal landings. These terminal switches shall act independently of operating device or final limit switches.
5.3 5.4
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIFICATION/CONDITIONS: DRAWINGS The elevator contractor after award of the contract and on receipt of building drawings shall prepare and furnish drawings necessary to show the general arrangement of the elevator, equipment. These drawings must be approved by Engineer-In-Charge before work is begun. These drawings when returned by Engineer-in-Charge shall include the guarantee of hoist way sizes and the confirmation of power supply characteristics.
5.5 (A)
CIVIL/ALLIED WORKS To be done by the Civil contractor/other agency.
6.2.1
A hoist way, properly framed and enclosed, including a pit of proper depth (with drains and water proofing), if required. A properly lit and ventilated machine room. The machine room floor slab shall have trap doors to permit passage of heavy parts to the machine room. Provide a feeder cable up-to the switchboard in machine room.
6.2.2
6.2.3
~ 225 ~
6.2.4
To furnish and install cubical type distribution board in machine room with all inter-connections, loop earthing etc. as may be required. To provide wiring and light fixtures for the light points and socket outlets in lift pit and lift well including connections. To be done by the lift contractor:
6.2.5
(B)
The following items of civil work shall be included within the scope of the contractor:
6.2.6
The quotation is inclusive of providing and installation of steel items e.g. RS joists, angle irons supports and brackets, guide rails for cars as well as counter weights including all accessories, required for installation of the lifts. Supply & installation of landing face plates made of steel apron plates, sill supports angles with necessary clamps, foundation bolts supports etc. as necessary for installation of lift. Steel ladder for access to lift pit. To protect hoist-way including temporary barricades at the hoist way opening and all scaffolding for the hoist way during erection of work and subsequent removal. No extra payment shall be made on account of scaffolding required during execution. All other minor civil works necessary for installation of equipment such as making of opening in walls/floors (either of RCC or brick masonry etc. & restoring the same to original condition & finish. The scope of civil works includes all grouting of foundation, concrete pads to be formed or made as basis of supporting RS joists etc. grouting and anchoring of all boards, clamps, supports,
6.2.7
6.2.8 6.2.9
6.2.10
~ 226 ~
foundation, bolts installation in position of the machine room, lift well or in the pit. 6.3 SECURITY OF MATERIALS
RS joints in
The contractor shall be responsible for lift materials against pilferage & damage till the installation is handed over to the owner.
6.4
INTER CHANGEABILITY All similar equipments, materials assembly & parts of similar equipments shall be interchangeable with each other.
6.5
TESTING AT MANUFACTURERS WORK Testing at manufacturers work of the various equipments and components as required by Indian Standards shall be done by the successful tenderer before dispatching the material to site. The tenderer shall furnish a certificate to this effect.
6.6
PAINTING All exposed elevator metal work furnished under these specifications except as otherwise specified, shall be properly spray painted after installation.
6.7
INSTRUCTION TO BE DISPLAYED: Instructions to be displayed in English/local language on stainless steel sheet engraved:
~ 227 ~
S.NO.INSIDE CAR 1. Lift Number 2. Capacity 3. No Smoking Lift No. Capacity
OUTSIDE THE CAR
Please stand in Q
4. Operate push button switches Smoking not permitted inside the car correctly 5. Do not lean against the lift door Passengers travel at their own risk 6. Watch before stepping Do not open the landing door
7. Do not be panic in the event of Please keep lift neat & clean breakdown 8. Press alarm buttons & follow Watch before you step into & out of lift instructions of authorized staff car 9. Avoid use of lift during fire
6.8
PERMITS, LICENSES & INSPECTION The owner will pay fee to obtain the licenses for the inspection of the elevator plant.
The elevator contractor shall arrange all necessary permits and shall make arrangement for inspection & tests as required thereby.
The fee for first inspection shall be paid by the owner. In case any defect(s) is pointed out by the inspector, the fee for re-inspection and subsequent inspections shall be borne by the elevator contractor.
~ 228 ~
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS:
On successful completion of installation of the elevators, the contractor shall handover two set of the following:
i)
Operation schedule.
&
maintenance
manuals
&
maintenance
ii)
Detailed ckt. Diagram, location diagram of various electrical components in controller, machine room, lifts well, lift pit car and at landing etc. Sequence operation notes explaining the sequence of operation. Adjustment settings, testing & commissioning procedure. List of lubricants recommended. Spare parts catalogues. GUARANTEE & MAINTENANCE: The contractor shall guarantee the entire lift installation as per specification. All requirement shall be guaranteed for one year from the date of acceptance against unsatisfactory performance or break down due to defective design, manufacture and installation. The installation shall be covered by the condition that whole installation or any part thereof found defective within one year from the date of takeover shall be replaced or
iii)
iv) v) vi) 6.9
~ 229 ~
required by the contractor free of charge as decided by the Engineer-In-Charge.
The Warranty shall cover the following
a) b)
Quality, strength and performance of the materials. Safe electrical & mechanical stresses on all parts of the equipment under all specified conditions of operation. Satisfactory performance during guarantee period including maintenance instructions and schedules. Performance figures and other values as specified in schedule of guaranteed technical particulars. Prompt service during maintenance period for repairs and break downs. Attending to consequential damages to consignment of lift items supplied and installed due to defective workmanship, material charges etc., in any part from manufacturers work. There should not be more than 8 hours delay in attending to break downs/defects reported in stating where the tenderer has his service organization. Contractor shall ensure adequate and prompt after sales service in the form of maintenance, performed & spares as and when required. Particular attention shall be taken in ensure limit, all spares are easily available during the normal course of maintenance period either installation.
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
~ 230 ~
7.0
INSTALLATION
Lift machine room to accommodate the drive machinery controller, etc. shall be located on top of the lift shaft. The layout of equipment there should be such as is allow free movement of maintenance personnel inside. Machine room shall not be used for storage purposes.
Variation & isolation arrangement shall be provided to prevented, transmission of vibration to the building and structures.
No extra installation other than that forming a part of the lift installation shall be allowed in the weight should both be located in the same lift well. There shall be no opening to be lift well except the landing opening. Glass shall is no case be used for lift well enclosure.
The lift pit shall be kept perfectly dry by suitable water proofing treatment. Precautions should be taken not be damage such water proofing during the installation work in the lift pit.
8.0
TESTS ON INSTALLATION: The following tests shall be performed after successful installation of lifts as per latest IS codes / CPWD Electrical work Part-III, lifts specifications ( latest) in the presence of the Engineer-In-Charge & results to be recorded as required.
a)
LEVELLING TESTS
The necessary of the floor leveling shall be tested with the lift empty
~ 231 ~
& fully tested as required.
b)
SAFETY GEAR TESTS This test shall be performed with the contract load in the car. In case of DC supply the excess speed necessary to operate the gear may be obtained by field working and in case of AC motor the contract speed may be obtained by setting the gear or tripped by land. The safety gear controlled by governor should be tested with contract load however, with wedge clamp or flexible clamp safeties, one with contract load in the car and other with 69 kg. (equivalent to one person) in the car. The safety gear for counter weight shall also be tested. The tripping speed may exceed that of the car safety governor but the not more than 10%.
c)
CONTRACT SPEED This should be measured with contract load, half load and no load in the car. It should not vary from the contract speed by more than 10%.
d)
LIFT BALANCE This may be tested by removing some weight until the remaining weights represent the figures specified by the tenderer.
e)
CAR & ENDING DOORS INTER-LOCK It should be ascertained that the lift shall not more with any door open.
~ 232 ~
f)
CONTROLLERS The operation of the contractors and inter locks shall be examined properly.
g)
NORMAL TERMINAL STOPPING SWITCHES This test is required to perform to ascertain top and bottom over travels by the car.
h)
FINAL TERMINAL STOPPING SWITCHES This test is necessary to ensured that the final terminal stopping switches operate before the buffers are engaged.
i)
INSULATION RESISTANCE This shall be measured between power and control liens and earth & shall not be less than 5 Mega ohms with 500 Volt megger.
j)
EARTHING All conduits switches, casing and similar metal work shall have earth continuity.
k)
ROPES The size, number construction & fastening of the ropes should be carefully examined and recorded.
~ 233 ~
l)
BUFFERS The buffer shall be tested as required with contract load in the car.
8.0 a) b)
APPROVED MAKE: OTIS manufactured by M/s. OTIS ELEVATOR LIMITED. OLYMPUS LIMITED. manufactured by M/s. BHARAT BIJLEE
c)
KONE ELEVATORS manufactured ELEVATOR INDIA LIMITED.
by
M/s.
KONE
d)
ESCON manufactured by M/s. ESCON ELEVATORS PVT. LIMITED. MITSUBISHI manufactured CORPORATION OF INDIA. by M/s. MITSUBISHI
e)
SIGNATURE OF THE TENDERER WITH THE SEAL OF THE FIRM
~ 234 ~
ANNEXURE-I SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS: The deviation if any shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-In-Charge in the following format.
REF. OF CLAUSE OF SPECIFICATIONDESCRIPTI ON OF DEVIATIONS.NO
REASON FOR DEVIATION
ANNEXURE-II
~ 235 ~
LIST OF TOOLS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR OPERATION & MAINTENANCE:
S.NO.DETAILS/ DESCRIPTION
QTY. IN ONE SET
REF., IF ANY
NO./PART MAKE
NO.
OR
~ 236 ~
APPROVED MAKE
LIST OF APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
~ 237 ~
(CIVIL ITEMS )
1.
Ceramic Tiles/ Glazed Tiles/ a) Johnson b) Kajaria c) NITCO d) Somany Flush Door / Block Board / Ply a) Kit ply b) Century c) Green ply/Greenlam Paints a) Asian Paints b) Nerolac c) Dulex Ironmongery a) Subject to prior approval of Engineers-In-Charge Texture/weather proof Paints a) Snowcem b) Asian Paints Anchor / Bolts/ Plugs for fixing stone a) Hilti b) Fischer c) Bosch d) Canon fastener Glass sheet/Float Glass a) Modi Guard b) Asahi c) Saint Gobin d) HNN
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
~ 238 ~
8.
White Cement: a) Birla Cement b) JK Water Proofing Compound a) Chocksey Chemical b) CICO c) Fosroc d) Dr. Fixit
9.
10. Water Proof Cement a) Super Snowcem b) NITCO c) Asian d) NCL-ALLTEK & SECCOLOR LTD. 11. Ordinary Portland Cement a) JK b) ACC c) L&T d) Gujarat Ambuja e) Vikram f) Shree Ultra tech g) Binani 12. Epoxy Paint a) Chockesy Chemical (Pvt.) Ltd. b) Fosroc c) Asian Paints 13. Chequered Tiles a) NITCO b) Basant Betons c) Johnson d) Kajaria e) Somany
~ 239 ~
14. Chemical W/P a) Chocksey Chemicals b) Fosroc 15. Colour Coated roofing sheets a) ISPAT Industries b) Supwinco c) Interarch (TRACDEK) d) National 16. Zinc Chromatic Primer a) Shalimar b) Asian Paints c) Nerolac 17. Chemical / Mechanical Anchor Fasteners a) HILTI b) FISCHER c) Canon 18. STEEL a) b) c) d) e) f)
SAIL TISCO TATA RINL BHARAT ISPAT NIGAM USHA MARTIN
19. ALUMINIUM EXTRUSIONS a) Hindalco b) Indal c) Jindal 20. GLASS MOSAIC TILES: a) BissaZa b) Orient c) Italia
~ 240 ~
21. STRUCTURAL GLAZING a) Alkarma b) AGV c) Alfas Ltd. d) Windorz NOTE:
1.
Other items shall be of ISI marked and as per approved sample kept at site of work.
~ 241 ~
LIST OF APPROVED MAKE OF ELECTRICAL WORKS
SL. NO. 1.
DESCRIPTION
APPROVED MAKE
PVC insulated copper conductor house wiring cable 650V/1100V grade (ISI marked) 1.1 KV grade PVC insulated and PVC sheathed armoured alum. conductor cable. (ISI marked) PVC Conduit (ISI marked)
Finolex/Rallison/POLYCAB/HAVELLS
2.
Rallison/NICCO/Gloster/Universal/ cab/Grandlay/CCI/GEMSCAB
Cap
3.
AKG/BEC/Kalinga/UNIPLAST/ CALIPLAST/PLOYPACK
4.
Switches, Sockets, bell push, buzzer, telephone/ TV sockets etc. including other accessories Selector Switch
Anchor/Havells/Legrand/North -Wast
5.
KAYCEE/L&T/Salzer/Vaishno/C&S/Siemens/BCH/R ishab Trikolite/Trinitrone-Noida/Pieco India/Madhu Electricals-Gurgaon/ Square Automation-Mumbai HYLAM/FORMICA
6.
Main Distribution Board
7.
Phenolic Laminated switch board cover MCB/RCBO & MCBDB MCCB
8. 9.
: :
Havells/Siemens/Standard/ Legrand/ Hager GE/L&T/Siemens/ABB/ Legrand/ Standard/ HPL/Crompton
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
Control Fuse with base Push Button & pilot lamps Lighting Fixture Fluorescent Lamp Ceiling Fan Exhaust Fan Telephone Cable
: : : : : : :
Siemens/GE/BCH/L&T/Alstom/C&S Siemens /KAYCEE/C&S/ Concord Philips/Crompton/GE/Wipro/BAJAJ Philips/Crompton/GE/Wipro/ Havells/Crompton/Bajaj/orient/Khaitan Crompton/Almonard/GEC Delton/ Schneider / Legrand/ Lucent/AT&T/Phinolex
~ 242 ~
17. 18. 19. 20.
Telephone Tag block Lugs GI pipe Earthing material
: : : :
Krone or equivalent Dowells/Janson/Jainco. Jindal/Prakash/BST/Nezone Hotdip Galvanised iron or copper as specified.
21. 22. 23 24 25 26 27 28
CTs Cable Glands Fire Detectors Hooters Manual Call Box Response Indicator Fire Panel Fire Extinguisher
: : : : : : : :
AE/Siemens/L&T Comet/Dowell/Gripwell Apollo/Honey-Well/System Sensor Philips/Alpha/ Honey-Well /Minimax/MCE/ Alpha Honey-Well /Minimax/Agni/MCE/ /Alpha Honey-Well /Minimax/Agni/MCE/ Alpha Honey-Well /Minimax/Vijay/Cease Fire
NOTE: Sample of all materials to be got approved by the Engineer-InCharge before purchase.
~ 243 ~
LIST OF APPROVED MAKE FOR PLUMBING WORK
Sl. No. 1.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM EUROPEAN WATER CLOSET VITEROUS CHINA VITREOUS CHINA URINAL BASIN VITREOUS BASIN CHINA WASH
APPROVED MAKE HINDWARE / PARRYWARE / SEABIRD / ORIENT /CERRA HINDWARE/PARRYWARE/SEABI RD /ORIENT/CERRA HINDWARE/PARRYWARE/SEA BIRD/ORIENT/CERRA RIVIERA/MARC/GEM/PARKO NEELKANT/ JAYNA/CORBA SS-304 ATUL/MODI GUARD /ASAHI MARC/PARKO/GEM/RIVIERA/ PARRY/CERA/HINDWARE NEECO / HPCO / CIAL
2.
3.
4. 5.
CP BRASS TAP/PILLAR TAP STAINLESS KITCHEN SINK IS:13983 MIRROR GLASS TOWEL RAIL/TOILET PAPER HOLDER/SOAP CONTAINER SOIL, WASTE CENTRIFUGALLY IRON S&S IS:3989 PIPE. CAST STEEL PER
AS
6. 7.
8.
9.
CENTRFUGALLY CAST IRON FITTING -IS:3989 MS/GI PIPES
NEECO / HPCO / CIAL
10.
JINDAL/TATA/NEZONE/ SWASTIC
11.
MS/GI FITTING
"R"BRAND/ZOLOTO M /UNIK/ ZENITH
12.
BRASS GATE VALVE
LEADER/ZOLTO/KIRLOSKAR/ L&T
~ 244 ~
13. 14.
C.P. BRASS SHOWER ROSE POLYTHYLENE STORAGE TANK WATER
PARKO/GEM/MARC/RIVIERA SINTEX/STAR/ POLYCON/UNITANK MARK/GEM/RIVIERA/PARKO MARK/GEM/RIVIERA/PARKO
15. 16.
CP BRASS BIB COCK CP BRASS LONG BODY BIB COCK CP BRASS STOP COCK CONCEALED
17.
MARK/GEM/RIVIERA/PARKO
18. 19.
CP BRASS ANGLE VALVE SW PIPE
MARK/GEM/RIVIERA/PARKO PERFECT/ BURN MAKE OR EQUIV. ISI MARKED PERFECT/ BURN MAKE EQUIV. ISI MARKED APPROVED MAKE OR
20.
SW GULLY TRAP
Sl. No.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
21.
RCC PIPE NP2
HIMALYA SPUN PIPE CO./ PRAGATI CONCRETE UDVOG/ LAXMI/SOOD & SOOD/JAIN & CO.
22.
SFRC MANHOLE COVER
K.K MANHOLE &GRATINGS CO LTD. OR EQUIV. ISI MARKED KOPAL
23.
HAND DRIER
24.
WATER SUPPLY PUMP
JOHNSON/ KIRLOSKAR/HITESH/ MAXFLOW/GRUNDFOS/ABS
25.
PVC FLUSHING CISTERN
HINDWARE/ PARRYWARE/DIPLOMAT/CERRA SUPREME/BESTOLITE ORIPLAST/ PRINCE/ FLOW
26.
UPVC PIPES
~ 245 ~
GUARD/FINOLEX/SUPREME
27.
POLYTHYLENE-ALUMINIUMPOLYTHYLENE-COMPOSITE PRESSURE PIPE HDPE PIPE
KITEC/JINDAL/ Nexgen (ASTMF1282-1995)
28.
ORIPLAST/AGRU/ PRINCE/SUPREME
PHOEL/
29.
CPVC PIPE & FITTINGS
ASTRAL/SUPREME/FLOW GUARD OR EQUIVALENT KARTAR/ELECTRO-STEEL CASTING LTD./CRAWLEY (C&R)/IISCO & RAW
30.
CI/DI PIPE &FITTING
31. 32.
WATER METERS ANTI CORROSIVE TREATMENT PIPE IS:10221
KENT OIL METERS/ KROHNE PYAKOTE/ RUSHTECH OR EQUIV.
NOTE: The contractor shall obtained the approval of the sample from Engr. in-charge/ consultant before procurement of material.
~ 246 ~
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES-ELECTRICAL WORKS
INTERNAL / ELECTRIFICATIONS & FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SL. NO. 1.
DESCRIPTION
APPROVED MAKE
PVC INSULATED COPPER : CONDUCTOR HOUSE WIRING CABLE 650V/1100V GRADE (ISI MARKED) PVC CONDUIT (ISI MARKED) : & FITTINGS, PVC TRUNKING & CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM(CMS) STEEL CONDUIT MARKED) GI CONDUIT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (ISI :
NATIONAL/ CAPITAL /RR KABLE/ DIAMOND POWER / LUMINOUS / FINOLEX / KEI/POWER AGE
2.
AKG/ATUL/KALINGA-PREMIUM/HARSH PRECISION(PPI)/VISHAL
3.
AKG/ ATUL VISHAL/HARSH
BEC
/M.KAY
4 5 6.
: :
AKG/ATUL/M KAY/ VISHAL/HARSH/BEC AKG/ATUL/M KAY/ VISHAL/HARSH PHILCON/CLIPSAL/NORTH-WEST/ L&T / SSK/ C&S/ANCHOR-ROMA
MODULAR SWITCHES, : SOCKETS, CALL BELL, PUSH, CEILING ROSE, BUZZER, TELEPHONE/TV SOCKETS, METALLIC BOX ETC. TELEPHONE/TV CABLE :
7.
DELTON/AMP/LUCENT/AT&T/KALINGAPREMIUM/GAUTAM/KEI/NATIONAL PHILIPS/CROMPTON/GE/WIPRO/HALONI X
8.
LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH : FLUORESCENT LAMP/CFL
~ 247 ~
DECON/HAVELLS/BAJAJ/C&S 9. 11. CEILING FAN EXHAUST FAN : : USHA/CROMPTON/KHAITAN/HAVELL'S CROMPTON/ALMONARD/GEC
10
SELECTOR SWITCH
KAYCEE/L&T/SALZER/VAISHNO/ SEIMENS/ BCH/RISHAB SIEMENS/L&T/GE/CROMPTON/ABB
C&S/
11
POWER CONTACTORS/ : CAPACITOR DUTY CONTACTOR APFC RELAY :
12 13.
L&T/DUCATI/ABB/SIEMENS/GE/Neptune L&T/BCH/CROMPTON/ABB/SIEMENS/GE
POWER CONTACTORS/ : CAPACITOR & DUTY CONTACTOR ELECTRONIC REGULATORS BAKELITE SHEET MCB/RCCB & MCBDB FAN :
14
ANCHOR/CONA/CRABTTRE/NORTHWEST/ SSK/CG FORMICA/HYLAM LEGRAND/SCHNIEDER/HAVELLS/ HPL/L&T HAGER ADLEC/TRILOLITE/SUGEL/ADHUNIK ACTION/ GENCO-CPRI APPROVED PANEL MANUFACTURERS. GE/L&T/SIEMENS/ABB/LEGRAND/ SCHNIEDER/HPL GE/SIEMENS/ BCH/L&T
15 16.
: :
17.
MAIN DISTRIBUTION : BOARD & PANELS
18.
MCCB
19.
SWITCH FUSE UNIT WITH : HRC FUSES PUSH BUTTON & PILOT : LAMPS, INDICATING LAMPS
20.
SIEMENS/VAISHNO/KAYCEE/CONCORD/ HPL/L&T
~ 248 ~
-2SL. NO. 21. SELECTOR SWITCH : KAYCEE/L&T/SALZER/VAISHNO/C&S/ SIEMENS/BCH/RISHAB/HPL/SSK 22. 23. LUGS/THIMBLES CTs : : DOWELLS/JANSON/JAINCO./COMET AE/SIEMENS/ L&T DESCRIPTION : APPROVED MAKE
24
1.1 KV GRADE- CABLE
UNIVERSAL/POWERAGE/GLOSTER/ GRANDLAY/NATIONAL/ELECTRON/ KEI/BONTON/LUMINOUS COMET/GRIPWELL/DOWELL
25.
CABLE GLANDS
26
CABLE JOINTING KIT
KAYCEE/L&T/SALZER/VAISHNO/C&S/ SIEMENS/BCH/RISHAB/HPL/SSK
27.
GI PIPE
JINDAL/PRAKASH/IST/BST
28 29 30 31
GI PIPE FITTINGS TAG BLOCK RISING MAIN CABLE LADDERS/ WAY
: : :
UNIK/U/SVW KRONE/ERICSSON/ISI MARKED SIEMENS/C&S/SCHNEIDER AMAZONE/MEM/M KAY/INDIANA/SLOTCO.
TRAY/CABLE : FLOOR RACE
32
INFORMATION 45
OUTLET/RJ :
AVAYA/SIEMON/TELDOR/AMPS/EMAX/ SIEMENS
~ 249 ~
33
INDUSTRIAL PLUGS TIMERS
SOCKET
& :
LEGRAND/SCAME/SCHNEIDER
34 35 36 37
: :
MDS LEXIC/L&T HAGER RIDER/LEEDER/ANCHOR INDAL/HINDALCO/JINDAL. L&T/ENERCON/HAVELLS/SECURE/HPL
CALL BELL & BUZZERS
ALUMINIUM - BUS BARS etc. : ENERGY METERS/ANALYSERS M.S POLE ACBs TRANSFORMERS STEPPED :
38
TUBULAR :
ADVANCE STEEL TUBE/APSL/SNP STEELS PVT. LTD. HPL/HAVELLS/GE/C&S UNIVERSAL RAYCHEM/ABB/GE./Quantum ABB/UNIVERSAL/Easum Reyrolle ltd. JAKSON ENGG. LTD,BHASKAR/SANJAY DIESEL ESCON/OTIS/KONE PVT /
39 40
: :
41 42
VCBs DG SET
: :
43
LIFT-PASSANGER/GOODS
NOTE:
1. Samples of all materials to be got approved from the EngineerIn- Charge. 2. 3. The other items shall be of ISI marked/as per approved sample. The approved samples shall be kept at site in the custody of EngineerIn-Charge.
~ 250 ~
Committed to Customers Delight
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS SUB-STATION EQUIPMENTS
SL. NO. 1.
DESCRIPTION
APPROVED MAKE
11KV/.04KV-COMPACT SUBSTATION
ABB/SCHNEIDER/AREVA/CROMPT ON
2.
33KV/11KV CIRCUIT BREAKERS/ : PANEL 11KV RMU PANEL/HT PANEL :
ABB/SIEMENS/AREVA/CROMPTON / Reyrolle ltd. ABB/SCHNEIDER/AREVA/CROMPT ON CROMPTON/KIRLOSKER/AREVA/S IEMENS CUMMINS/KIRLOSKER/CROMPTO N KIRLOSKER/CROMPTON/STAMFOR D Hertz Electronic Indore /ADLEC/SUGEL/ADHUNIK ACTION/ GENCO/ C&S/STANDARD/ AMPTECK
3.
4.
TRANSFORMERS
5.
DIESEL ENGINE FOR DG SET
6.
ALTERNATOR FOR DG SET
7.
L.T. PANEL/FEEDER PANELS/AMF : PANEL/CAPACITOR PANELS/PCC, MCC
~ 251 ~
-CPRI APPROVED PANEL 8. CAPACITORS : DUCATI/EPCOS/ABB/L&T/KHATAU / MATRIX 9. APFC RELAY : L&T/DUCATI/SIEMENS/ABB/Neptu ne KAPPA/AE/BCH KAPPA/AE/BCH KELTRON/NELCO/VOLTSTAR/AAL/ Hertz Electronic Indore EXIDE/AMCO/STANDARD/YUASA ENERCON/L&T GE/L&T/SCHNEIDER/LEGRAND/AB B/ ADHUNIK(ACTION) AE/KAPPA/BCH DOWELLS/E-D/3-M/JAINSON BHEL/HAVELLS/ UNIVERSAL/L&T/HPL DIGITAL INDIA/MECO/L&T/RISHAB ALSTOM/CROMPTON/SIEMEN/ABB L&T/MINILAC/SIEMENS/ GE CPRI APPROVED MANUFACTURER POLYCAB/ GEMSCAB / GLOSTER / GRANDLAY /UNIVERSAL/KEI
10. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS 11. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 12. BATTERY CHARGING PANEL
: : :
13. BATTERIES(MAINTENANCE FREE) 14. ENERGY ANALYSER 15. MCCB
: : :
16. C.T. ( CAST RESIN) 17. LUGS 18. ENERGY METER
: : :
19. DIGITAL METERS
20. RELAYS FOR HT & LT PANELS 21. TIMER 22. BUS- DUCT
: : :
23. 3.3KV TO 33KV (E/UE) XLPE : INSULATED ALUMINIUM/COPPER CONDUCTOR ARMOURED CABLE (ISI MARKED) 24. SEALED MAINTENANCE FREE :
EXIDE/ HITACHI/YUASA
~ 252 ~
BATTERY 25. BRASS COMPRESSION GLAND (HEAVY DUTY) 26. CABLE JOINT KIT(1.1 KV) : MSEAL / TROPOLIN / DENSONS / RAYCHEM / XICON JINDAL/PARKASH/IST/VISHAL SIEMENS/GE/BCH/L&T/ALSTOM/C &S : COMET/GRIP WELL
27. G.I. PIPE 28. CONTROL FUSES WITH BASE
: :
~ 253 ~
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS SUB-STATION EQUIPMENTS
SL. NO. 1.
DESCRIPTION
APPROVED MAKE
MCB/RCCB/RCBO/DB
L&T HAGER/ABB/LEGRAND (Lexic)/SCHNEIDER(M9) L&T HAGER/ABB/LEGRAND (Lexic)/SCHNEIDER(M9) ABB(E max)/L&T (D Sine)/ SCHNIEDER(NS)/ SIEMENS(3VL) ABB(T max)/L&T Power))/SCHNIEDER(M pact /SIEMENS(3WL) L&T/ABB/SCHNIEDER/SIEMENS (U NW)
2.
INDUSTRIAL OUTLET
3.
MCCB (MICROPROCESSOR)
4.
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
5.
SWITCH FUSE UNIT WITH HRC : FUSES AMMETERS/VOLTMETERSAND METERING EQUIPMENTS SELECTOR SWITCHES LED LIGHTS CHANGE OVER SWITCHES INSULATED :
6.
L&T /SIEMENS/AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC/NEPTUNE/ENERCON KAYCEE/SALZAR/L&T L&T / VAISHNO GE/L&T/HH ELCON/ABB CCI/UNIVERSAL/FINOLEX/POLYCAB/K EI CCI/UNIVERSAL/NICCO/FINOLEX/POL YCAB/RALLISON/EKTA UNIVERSAL/FINOLEX/ KEI
7. 8. 9.
: : : 11KV :
10. PVC/XLPE CABLES
11. CONTROL CABLES/WIRES
12. XLPE INSULATED PVC SHEETHED : ARMOURED/UN ARMOURED(E/UE)PILC CABLES UP TO 33 KV 13. HV CABLE TERMINAL JOINTS :
RAYCHEM/3M
~ 254 ~
14. LUGS 15. CABLE GLANDS 16. CABLE TRAY
: : :
DOWELLS/3D/CCI/3M SIEMENS/COMET/GRIPWELL AMAZONE/MEM/M KAY/INDIANA/SLOTCO.
NOTE:-
1. Samples of all materials to be got approved from the Engineer-InCharge. 2. The other items shall be of ISI marked/as per approved sample. 3. The approved samples shall be kept at site in the custody of EngineerIn- Charge.
~ 255 ~
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES-ELECTRICAL WORKS FIRE ALARM, FIRE PROTECTION & FIRE SAFETY
SL. No. 1.
DESCRIPTION
APPROVED MAKE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER MARKED
ISI :
MINIMAX / VIJAY / CEASE FIRE/SAFE FIRE / NSD-AGNI ALARM/PADMINI
2.
AUTOMATIC FIRE : DETECTION & SUPPRESSION SYSTEM HOOTERS :
FIRE TRACE, SEVO SYSEM, CEASE FIRE/PADMINI
3.
PHILIPS/AHUJA/BOSE/ ALARM /AGNI
NSD-AGNI
4.
MANUAL CALL BOX
MINIMAX/MODERN/VIJAY/PHILIPS/ NSD-AGNI ALARM/ AGNI MINIMAX/ANDREWYULE/AGNI/MCE/VI JAY/ NSD-AGNI ALARM/AGNI APOLLO/HONEYWELL/ANDREW YULE
5.
FIRE PANEL
6.
SMOKE DETECTOR : (IONISATION /OPTICAL) HEAT DETECTOR RESPONSE INDICATOR : :
7. 8.
APOLLO/HONEYWELL/ANDREW YULE MINIMAX/ANDREWYULE/AGNI/MCE/VI JAY/ NSD-AGNI ALARM/AGNI NATIONAL/ CAPITAL KALINGAPREMIUM/ BATRA HENLAY / GAUTAM / FINOLEX / KEI/ HARSH
9.
PVC INSULATED COPPER : CONDUCTOR HOUSE WIRING CABLE 650/1100 V GRADE (ISI MARKED) FR/FRLS/FRHR
~ 256 ~
10.
CONTROL CABLE
UNIVERSAL/CAPITAL / GLOSTER / GRANDLAY /NATIONAL/ KALINGAPREMIUM / GAUTAM / KEI/BONTON/HARSH PEGASUS-AAL/APC/MICROTECK/ EMERSON/ANCHOR/HAVELLS KELTRON/NELCO/VOLTSTAR/AAL/ Hertz Electronic Indore EXIDE/AMCO/STANDARD/YUASA
11.
UPS
12.
BATTERY CHARGER
13.
BATTERY(SEALED MAINTENANCE FREE) CABLE LUGS/THIMBLE
14.
DOWELLS/JAINSON/JAINCO/LEGRAN D COMET/GRIPWELL/DOWELL/LEGRAND AKG/ ATUL / VISHAL/HARSH BEC /M.KAY /
15. 16.
CABLE GLANDS STEEL CONDUIT MARKED)
: (ISI :
17.
PVC CONDUIT (ISI MARKED) : & FITTINGS PVC TRUNKING & CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM(CMS)
AKG/ATUL/KALINGA-PREMIUM/ PRECISION(PPI)/VISHAL/HARSH
18. 19.
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SIGNAGE
AKG/ATUL/M KAY/ VISHAL/HARSH AAL/NSD-AGNI ALARM/AGNI
NOTE: 1. Samples of all materials to be got approved from the Engineer-InCharge. 2. The other items shall be of ISI marked/as per approved sample. 3. The approved samples shall be kept at site in the custody of EngineerIn-Charge.
~ 257 ~
TENDER FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BOYS HOSTEL BLOCK FOR SCHOOL OF PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE (SPA) IN VILLAGE BHOURI AT BHOPAL.
VOLUME -III (PRICED SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES)

258
(NIT NO-NBCC/SBG (PW)/SPA (Bhopal)/17)

ISSUED TO : M/s ...

. ...
Seal & Signature of Contractor 2 Seal & Signature of NBCC
259
NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED

( A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE)
NAME OF THE PROJECT: CONSTRUCTION OF RESIDENTIAL ACCOMODATION FOR STUDENTS AND OTHER WORKS AT SPA BHOPAL,VILLAGE BHOURI ,BHOPAL.
GENERAL ABSTRACT OF COST S.NO. DESCRIPTION ESIMATED AMOUNT (RS.) %AGE ABOVE/BELOW IN FIGURES
4
AMOUNT AS PER %AGE QUOTED BY THE CONTRACTOR (RS.)
IN WORDS
5
IN FIGURES
6 =3x4
IN WORDS
7 = 3+6
1 1
2 CIVIL AND ALLIED WORKS INCLUDING LIFTS,HORTICULTURE AND FIRE FIGHTING WORKS ETC. FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF BOYS HOSTEL FOR SCHOOL OF PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE (SPA) IN VILLAGE BHOURI AT BHOPAL
3 105322300
BIDDERS FINANCIAL OFFER: Total (In Figures) (In Words) Seal
Signature of NBCC
Signature of Contractor
:: 260 ::
NAME OF THE PROJECT: CONSTN. OF PROPOSED BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL SUBJECT: COST ESTIMATE OF 1 BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL ABSTRACT OF COST SL.NO. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT BASED ON DSR-2007 MARKET RATE 77563415.65 6465481.75 1 CIVIL COST 2587777.80 1087899.67 2 INTERNAL PLUMBING 5284730.00 5324815.33 3 INTERNAL ELECTRICAL 0.00 681464.24 4 FIRE FIGHTING 0.00 1448905.11 5 LIFT 65698.00 1409817.52 6 DG SET 23542.00 266654.01 7 STREET LIGHTING 252406.50 71715.33 9 HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING: 2787977.37 10 SOLAR SYSTEM A 85777569.95 19544730.33 ( B ) TOTAL TOTAL A+B 105322300.28
:: 261 ::
Signature of NBCC
NAME OF THE PROJECT: CONSTN. OF PROPOSED BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL SUBJECT: COST ESTIMATE OF BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL ABSTRACT OF COST CIVIL WORK SL.NO. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT BASED ON DSR-2007 MARKET RATE 1322415.00 2804379.56 1 EARTH WORK 15806885.00 432722.63 2 CONCRETE WORK: 36387166.25 3 RCC WORK: 70265.00 4 BRICK WORK: 1396319.00 5 STONE WORK: 1247260.00 6 MARBLE WORK: 3521964.40 349635.04 7 WOOD WORK: 763989.50 1532846.72 8 STEEL WORK 7848943.50 9 FLOORING WORK 266082.50 854014.60 10 ROOFING WORK 3694624.00 11 FINISHING: 357070.00 12 ROAD WORK 3735706.50 253284.67 13 ALUMINIUM WORK 1144725.00 14 WATER PROOFING: 238598.54 15 MISCELLANEOS ITEMS TOTAL 77563415.65 6465481.75
:: 262 ::
Signature of Contrector
Signature of NBCC
NAME OF THE PROJECT: CONSTN. OF PROPOSED BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL SUBJECT: COST ESTIMATE OF BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL CIVIL WORKS SL. NO. 1 DSR NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEM UNIT QTY RATE (RS.) AMOUNT (RS.)
EARTH WORK 2.8 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator/manual means in foundation treanches or drains (not exceeding 1.5m in width or 10 sqm on plan) including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed within a lead of 50 mtr. 2.8.1 2.9 All kinds of soil. Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator/manual means in foundation treanches or drains (not exceeding 1.5m in width or 10 sqm on plan) including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift upto 1.5m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed within a lead of 50 mtr. Ordinary rock Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering lead upto 50 mtrs. and lift upto 1.5 mtr. extra for every additional lift of 15m or part thereof in. cum cum 600.00 1500.00 162.65 45.70 97590.00 68550.00 cum 9000.00 103.40 930600.00
a) 2
2.9.1 3 2.25
2.26
263
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. a) b 5 a) 6
DSR NO. 2.26.1 2.26.2 2.34 2.34.1 2.35.3 All kinds of soil.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT Cum cum
QTY 3000.00 600.00
RATE (RS.) 18.90 33.85
AMOUNT (RS.) 56700.00 20310.00
Ordinary or hard rock Supplying chemical emulsion in sealed containers including delivery as specified. Chlorpyriphos/Lindane emulsifiable concentrate of 20% Treatment of soil under existing floors using chemical emulsion @one litre per hole , 300 mm apart including drilling 12 mm diameter holes and plugging with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 Coarse sand ) to match the existing floor: With chlrpyriphos/ Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% concentration TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY NON-SCHEDULE ITEM:
litre
350.00
174.30
61005.00
a)
2.35.3.1
sqm
1800.00
48.70
87660.00 1322415.00
NS
NS
Supplying and filling in plinth with Hard muram/ Hard copra under floors including, watering, ramming consolidating and dressing complete Supplying and filling in plinth with crusher stone dust/ coarse sand under floors including, watering, ramming consolidating in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth and dressing complete. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
Cum
4000.00 294.89
1179562.04
Cum
3500.00 464.23
1624817.52
2804379.56
264
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO.
DSR NO. CONCRETE WORK:
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
9 a) b) c) 10
4.1 4.1.3 4.1.6 4.1.8 4.7
Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluding the cost of centring and shuttering - All work upto plinth level: 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) 1:4:8 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) providing and fixing up to floor five level precast cement concrete solid block including hoisting and setting in poisition with cement mortar 1:3 ( 1 cement ;3 coarse sand ) , cost of required centering,shuttering and finishing smooth with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 ( 1cement : 3 fine sand ) on exposed surfaces complete: 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) Providing and laying damp-proof coarse 40mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5 mm nominal size) Making Plinth protection 50mm thick of cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 Coarse sand :6 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) over 75 mm bed of dry bricks ballast 40mm nominal size well rammed and consolidated and grouted with fine sand including finishing the top smooth. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY NON-SCHEDULE ITEM: Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluding the cost of centring and shuttering of 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded brick aggregate 40 mm nominal size) with mixing water proofing material 'Impermo' or equivalent in cement concrete work @ 1 kg. Per 50 Kg. of cement in sunken floors-All work from plinth level upto floor five level TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY cum cum cum cum 400.00 190.00 250.00 2600.00 3257.45 2713.05 2449.00 5093.95 1302980.00 515479.50 612250.00 13244270.00
a) 11
4.7.2 4.10
Sqm
220.00
144.15
31713.00
12
4.17
Sqm
450.00
222.65
100192.50
15806885.00 Cum 210.00 2060.584 432722.63
13
NS
432722.63
265
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 14 a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h i)
DSR NO.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
RCC WORK: 5.9 Centring and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for: 5.9.1 5.9.2 5.9.3 5.9.4 5.9.5 5.9.6 5.9.7 5.9.13 5.9.15 Foundations, footings, bases of columns etc. for mass concrete. Walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, butteresses, plinth and string courses etc. Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and access platform. Shelves (Cast in situ) Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumers and cantilevers. Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments, posts and Struts Stairs, (excluding landings) except spiral-staircases. Vertical and horizontal fins individually or forming box louvers band, facias and eaves boards Small lintels not exceeding 1.5m clear span, moulding as in cornices, window sills, string courses, bands, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks and the like. Edges of slabs and breaks in floors and walls Under 20 cms wide Small surfaces such as cantilever ends, brackets and ends of steps, caps and bases to pilasters and columns and the like Weather shade, chajjas, corbels etc. including edges. sqm sqm sqm sqm sqm sqm sqm sqm sqm 1500.00 600.00 8500.00 600.00 9000.00 3500.00 350.00 1300.00 1100.00 119.25 180.40 187.35 187.35 162.65 238.40 204.00 285.55 119.25 178875.00 108240.00 1592475.00 112410.00 1463850.00 834400.00 71400.00 371215.00 131175.00
j i) k l
5.9.16 5.9.16.1 5.9.18 5.9.19
Mtr. sqm sqm
1400.00 600.00 1000.00
61.10 246.95 258.60
85540.00 148170.00 258600.00
266
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 15
DSR NO. 5.11
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Extra for additional height in centering, shuttering where ever required with adequate bracing, propping etc. including cost of deshuttering and decentering at all levels, over a height of 3.5 m, for every addfitional height of 1m or part thereof (plan area to be measured) Suspended floors, roofs , landings,beams & balconies (Plan area to be measured). Providing precast cement concrete Jali 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 6mm nominal size) reinforced with 1.6mm dia mild steel wire including centring & shuttering roughening cleaning, fixing and finishing in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) etc. complete excluding plastering of the jambs, sills and soffits. 40mm thick Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars Providing and laying in position machine batched, machine mixed and machine vibrated design mix cement concrete of specified grade for reinforced cement concrete work including pumping of concrete to site of laying but excluding the cost of centring, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement-including admixture in recommended proportions as per IS:9103 to accelerate, retard setting of concretre, improve workability without impairing strength and durability as per direction of Engineer-in-charge - M25 grade reinforced cement concrete by using 380 kg. of cement per cum of concrete. All work upto floor V level. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
a) 16
5.11.1 5.18
Sqm
19000.00
70.20
1333800.00
a) 17 a) 18
5.18.2 5.22 5.22.6 5.33
Sqm
200.00
304.05
60810.00
Kg. Cum
416500.00 2975.00
42.70 3983.75
17784550.00 11851656.25
36387166.25
267
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 19 20
DSR NO. BRICK WORK: 6.15 6.44
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.) 47.80 16.25
AMOUNT (RS.)
Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos. 6 mm dia MS bars at every third course of half brick masonry (with FPS bricks) Brick edgeing 7cm wide 11.4cm deep to plinth protection with brick of class desiganition 75 including grouting with cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement: 4 fine sand ) TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY STONE WORK: Providing and fixing dry clading upto 10 meter heights with 30mm thick gang saw cut stone with ( machine cut edges ) of uniform colour and size upto 1mx1m, fixed to structural steelframe work and /or with the help of clamps,pins etc.and sealing the joints with approved weather sealant as per Architectural drawing and direction of Engineer -in charge ( The steel frame work ,stainless steel cramps and pins etc . shall be paid saperately) Red sand stone White sand stone Providing and fixing adjustable stainless steel cramps of approved quality and of required shape and size adjustable with stainless steel nuts bolts and washer ( total weight not less than 269 gms ) for dry stone cladding fixed on frame work at suitable location including making necessary recesses in stone slab , drilling required holes etc complete as per direction of the Engineer -in charge TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
Sqm Mtr
1300.00 500.00
62140.00 8125.00
70265.00
21
7.40
a) b) 19
7.40.1 7.40.2 7.42
Sqm Sqm Each
600.00 140.00 1500.00
1323.40 1382.35 272.50
794040.00 193529.00 408750.00
1396319.00
268
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 22
DSR NO. MARBLE WORK: 8.1
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
a) i) 23
8.1.1 8.1.1.1 8.2
Marble work gang saw cut( polished and machine cut) of thikness 18mm for wall lining (veneer work) in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement: 2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment to match the marble shade: (To be secured to the backing by means of cramps, which shall be paid for White marble - Raj Nagar plain /udaipur green marble /zebra black marble Area of slab over 0.50 Sqm Providing and fixing 18mm thick gang saw cut mirror (polished premoulded and prepolished) machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills, facias and similar locations of required size of approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) with joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment,epoxy touch ups, including rubbing curing, moudling and polishing to edge to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels. Granite of any colour and shade Area of slab over 0.50 Sqm Extra for providing edge moulding to 18mm thick marble stone counters, Vanities etc. Including machine polishing to edge to give high gloss finish etc. Complete as per design approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Marble Granite work TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY Mtr. Mtr. 250.00 150.00 57.90 97.60 14475.00 14640.00 1247260.00 Sqm 200.00 2575.10 515020.00 Sqm 450.00 1562.50 703125.00
a) i) 24
8.2.2 8.2.2.2 8.3
a) b
8.3.1 8.3.2
269
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO.
DSR NO. WOOD WORK:
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
25 a) i) 26
9.16 9.16.1 9.16.1.1 9.21
Providing and fixing 25mm thick shutters for cupboards etc. Panelled or panelled and glazed shutters: Second class teak wood including ISI marked anodised aluminium but hinges with necessary screws. Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS:2202 (Part-I) non-decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood and well matched commercial 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters. 35 mm thick including ISI marked stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. Extra for providing and fixing flush doors with decorative veneering: On one side in item no. 9.21 Providing and fixing 30mm thick wire gauze shutters using galvanised MS wire gauze of average width of aperture 1.4mm with wire of dia, 0.63mm for doors, windows and clerestory windows including ISI marked stainless steel butt hinges with necessary screws. Second class teak wood Sqm 650.00 1422.15 924397.50 Sqm 650.00 261.35 169877.50 Sqm 650.00 929.95 604467.50 Sqm 450.00 1360.90 612405.00
a) 27 a) 28
9.21.1 9.22 9.22.1 9.29
a)
9.29.1
270
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 29 a) 30
DSR NO. 9.48 9.48.1 9.51
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Providing and fixing MS grills of required pattern in frames of windows etc. with MS flats, square or round bars etc. all complete Fixed to steel window by welding Providing and fixing fly proof galvanised MS wire gauze to windows and clerestory windows using galvanised MS wire gauze with average width of aperture 1.4mm in both directions with wire of dia 0.63mm. With 12mm mild steel 'U' beading Providing and fixing bright finished brass tower bolts (barrel type) with necessary screws complete: 250 x 10 mm 200 x 10 mm Providing & fixing bright finished brass 100mm mortice latch and lock with 6 levers and a pair of lever handles with necessary screws etc. complete (Best make of approved quality). Providing & fixing special quality bright finished brass Cupboard or ward robe locks with four levers including necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality). 50mm Providing and fixing bright finished brass handle with necessary screws complete: 125mm
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Kg.
8900.00
59.25
527325.00
a) 31 a) b 32
9.51.2 9.74 9.74.1 9.74.2 9.76
Sqm
200.00
291.95
58390.00
Each Each Each
325.00 629.00 245.00
155.15 126.20 332.65
50423.75 79379.80 81499.25
33
9.79
a) 34 a)
9.79.2 9.81 9.81.1
Each
310.00
84.10
26071.00
Each
954.00
103.65
98882.10
271
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 35
DSR NO. 9.83
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Providing & fixing IS:3564 marked aluminium Die cast body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer with necessary accessories and screws etc. complete Providing and fixing aluminium sliding door bolts ISI marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS: 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with nuts and screws etc. complete: 300 x 16 mm Providing and fixing aluminium hanging floor door stopper ISI marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS :1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with necessary screws etc. complete: Twin rubber stopper TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY NON SCHEDULE ITEMS
UNIT Each
QTY 360.00
RATE (RS.) 610.60
AMOUNT (RS.) 219816.00
36
9.96
a) 37
9.96.1 9.101
Each
325.00
158.50
51512.50
b)
9.101.2
Each
325.00
53.90
17517.50 3521964.40
38
NS
Providing and fixing meat safe in kitchen as per drawings & design and directed by Engineer -in -charge P/F Recon (3.5 -4mm thk) (AP/EP Series of GARNET or Equivalent) veneer on existing flush doors with the help of fevicol as per design. The veneer shall be pasted on cupboard shutters and all nails shall be removed after pasting. The veneer shall be polished with MRF melamine sealer followed by two coats of melamine (matt polish) with the help of compressor. Complete in all respect with the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
JOB
1.00 69343.07
69343.07
39
NS
Sqm
480.00 583.94
280291.97
349635.04
272
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 40
DSR NO.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
STEEL WORK 10.14 Providing and fixing pressed steel door frames conforming to IS:4351 manufactured from commercial mild steel sheet of 1.25 mm thickness including hinges, jamb, lock jamb, bead and if required angle threshold of mild steel angle of section 50x 25 mm, or base ties of 1.25 mm pressed mild steel welded or rigidly fixed together by mechanical means, adjustable lugs with split end tail to each jamb including steel butt hinges 2.5 mm thick with mortar guards, lock strike-plate and shock absorbers as specified and applying a coat of approved steel primer after pre-treatment of the surface as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 10.14.1 10.14.2 10.18 Profile B Profile C Providing and fixing circular/hexagonal cast iron or MS sheet box for ceiling fan clamp of internal dia 140mm, 73mm height, top lid of 1.5mm thick M.S. sheet with its top surface hacked for proper bonding, top lid shall be screwed into the cast iron/ MS box by means of 3.3mm dia round headed screws, one lock at the corners. Clamps shall be made of 12mm dia M.S. bar bent to shape as per standard drawing. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY NON SCHEDULE ITEM Mtr Mtr Each 100.00 2630.00 300.00 251.90 271.65 81.20 25190.00 714439.50 24360.00
a) b 41
763989.50
42
NS
Providing and fixing stair case railing made out of 25mmx40mm stainless steel tube balustade screwed with SS to 30mmx45mm SS tube and further screwed with 40mmx25mm SS tube jointed with 3nos 10mm stainless tubes and one number 65mm dia. Stainless steel tube hand rail etc. all complete as per design and drawing and as per the instruction of Engineer-in Incharge. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
MTR.
350.00 4379.562
1532846.72
1532846.72
273
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 43
DSR NO. FLOORING WORK 11.16
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Precast terrazo tiles 22 mm thick with graded marble chips of size upto 12 mm laid in floors, and landings, jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the tiles including rubbing and polishing complete with precast tiles on 20 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cewment: 4 coarse sand) Light shade using white cement Cement plaster skirting (upto 30 cm height) with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement. 18 mm thick Providing & fixing glass strips in joints of terrazo/cement concrete floors. 40 mm wide and 4 mm thick Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) 25 mm thick Kota stone slab 25 mm thick in risers of steps, skirting dado and pillars laid on 12 mm(average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) & jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slabs including rubbing and polishing complete. Providing & fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS:15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) of approved make in all colours, shades except Burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-charge in skirting, risers of steps & dados over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @3.3 Kg per sqm including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete. Mtr. 200.00 17.60 3520.00 Sqm. 300.00 168.50 50550.00 Sqm 2000.00 566.95 1133900.00
a) 44
11.16.1 11.6
a) 45 a) 46
11.6.1 11.13 11.13.1 11.26
a) 47
11.26.1 11.27
Sqm Sqm
2650.00 450.00
694.40 676.75
1840160.00 304537.50
48
11.36
Sqm
1000.00
556.60
556600.00
274
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 49
DSR NO. 11.39
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Providing & laying non skids ceramics floor tiles 300x300mm or more (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) of Ist quality conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in colours White, Ivory, Grey, Fume, Red Brown, laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete. Providing & laying vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorptions less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622 of approved make in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc. complete. Size of tile 60x60cm TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
UNIT Sqm
QTY 1110.00
RATE (RS.) 759.90
AMOUNT (RS.) 843489.00
50
11.41
a)
11.41.2
Sqm
3020.00
1031.85
3116187.00 7848943.50
ROOFING WORK 51 12.21 Providing gola 75x75mm in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 10mm and down gauge) including finishing with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) as per standard design: In 75x75mm deep chase Making khuras 45x45cm with average minmum thickness of 5cm cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) over PVC sheet 1m x 1m x 400micron, finished with 12mm cement plaster 1:3 (1cement: 3 coarse sand) and a coat of neat cement rounding of the edges and making and finishing the outlet complete. Providing and fixing 100 mm diameter and 60cm long rain water spout in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement ; 4 fine sand ) stone ware spout Each 100.00 49.15 4915.00 Mtr. Each 450.00 40.00 67.35 108.00 30307.50 4320.00
a) 52
12.21.1 12.22
53 a)
12.37 12.37.1
275
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 54
DSR NO. 12.38
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Providing and fixing MS holder bat clamps of approved design to C.I. or S.C.I. rain water pipes embedded in and including cement concrete blocks 10 x 10 x 10 cm of 1:2:4 mix (1 cement:2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and cost of cutting holes and making good the walls etc. For 150 mm dia pipe Providing lead caulked joints to sand cast iron rain water pipes and fittings: For 150 mm dia pipe Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised-Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS:13592 Type A including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS:5382 leaving to 10mm gap for thermal expansion. (i) Single socketed pipes: 110mm diameter Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised- PVC moulded fittings/accessories for unplasticised-Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS:13592 Type A including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS:5382 leaving to 10mm gap for thermal expansion. Single tee without door
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
a) 55 a) 56
12.38.2 12.39 12.39.2 12.41
Each
300.00
73.45
22035.00
Each
300.00
175.30
52590.00
a) 57
12.40.2 12.42
Mtrs
400.00
163.40
65360.00
a) i) b i) c i)
12.42.4
12.42.4.2 110x110x110mm 12.42.5 Bend 87.5"
Each
60.00
208.45
12507.00
12.42.5.2 110mm bend 12.42.6 Shoe (plain)
Each
60.00
134.20
8052.00
12.42.6.2 110mm shoe
Each
60.00
263.10
15786.00
276
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 58
DSR NO. 12.45
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Providing and fixing at all height false ceiling including providing and fixing of frame work made of special sections power pressed from MS sheet and galvanised in accordance with zinc coating of grade 350 as per IS:277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 22 mm and 37 mm at 1200 mm centre to centre one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastner 12.5 mm dia x 40 mm long with 6 mm dia bolts to the angle hangers of 25x25x0.55 mm of required length and other end of angle hanger being fixed with nut and bolts to GI channels 45 mm x 15 mm x 0.9 mm running at the rate of 1200 mm centre to centre to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80mm with tapered flanges of 26mm each having clips of 10.5mm at 450mm centre to centre shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to GI channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64mm dia x 230mm long GI wire at every junction including fixing the gypsum board with ceiling section and perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre to centre with 25 mm long drive all screws @ 230 mm interval including jointing and fixing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the gypsum board with recommended filler, paper tapes, manufacturers specification and also including the coat of making openings for light fittings, grills diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fix all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of the Engineer-inCharge but excluding the cost of painting with:
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
a)
12.45.1 12.5mm thick tapered edge gypsum board conforming to IS:2095- Part-I sqm TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY NON SCHEDULE ITEM Providing and Fixing Acoustical False Ceiling with 15mm Thick Soft Fiber (Fiber Glass) Panels of Size 600mm x 600mm/600mm x 1200mm to be fixed with Concealed Tee Grid System (Incorporating 5mm Steel Rod and Suspension Grid/2.5mm Wire and 3600mm Main Tees on 600mm/1200mm/1350mm Center along with Cross Tees to create a Specific Nominal Opening) The NRC of Panels shall be 0.9. Make: Armstrong/Ecophone/Paraphone TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
Sqm
50210.00 100.00 502.1 266082.50 650.00 1313.869 854014.60
854014.60
277
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 59 a) 60 a) 61
DSR NO.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
FINISHING: 13.1 12mm cement plaster of mix : 13.1.1 13.7 13.7.1 13.12 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand ) 12mm cement plaster finished with a floating coat of neat cement of mix : 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand ) 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) and a top layer 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) finished rough with sponge. 6 mm cement plaster to ceiling of mix : 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand ) Extra for plastering exterior walls of height more than 10m from ground level for every additional height of 3m or part thereof. Providing and applying plaster of paris putty of 2mm thickness over plastered surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete. White washing with lime to give an even shade New work (three or more coats) Sqm. 8000.00 6.75 54000.00 Sqm. Sqm. Sqm. 7800.00 1600.00 14000.00 62.15 16.80 47.20 484770.00 26880.00 660800.00 Sqm Sqm 400.00 2600.00 107.80 123.50 43120.00 321100.00 Sqm 14000.00 77.65 1087100.00
62 a) 63 64 65 a)
13.16 13.16.1 13.22 13.26 13.37 13.37.1
278
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 66 a) 67 a)
DSR NO. 13.41 13.41.1 13.45 13.45.1
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade. New work (two or more coats) over and including priming coat with cement primer Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of required shade New work (two or more coats applied @ 3.28 Ltr/ 10 Sqm) over and including base coat of water proofing cement paint applied @ 2.20 Kg./ 10 Sqm. Applying priming coat: With ready mixed pink or grey primer of approved brand and manufacturer on wood work ( hard & soft wood) Providing and applying two coats of Fire retardent paint unthunned on cleaned wood/ply surface @ 3.5 sqm per litre per coat including preparation of base surface asper recommendation of manufacture to make the surface fire retardent. Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade : Two or more coats on new work Forming groove of uniform size from 12x12mm and 25x15mm in plastered surface as per approved pattern using wooden battens, nailed to the under layer including removal of wooden battens, repair to the edges of panel and finishing the groove complete as per specifications and direction of the Engineer-In-Charge. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY ROAD WORK Preparation and consolidation of sub-grade with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after excavating earth to an average of 22.5cm depth, dressing to camber and consolidating with road roller including making good the undulations etc. and re-rolling the sub-grade and disposal of surplus earth lead upto 50 mtr. Extra for compaction of earth work in embankment under optimum moisture conditions to give at least 95% of the maximum dry density (Proctor density).
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Sqm
13500.00
41.55
560925.00
Sqm
3000.00
96.25
288750.00
68 a) 69
13.50 13.50.1 13.58
sqm Sqm
1320.00 100.00
16.55 229.80
21846.00 22980.00
70 a) 71
13.61 13.61.1 13.76
Sqm Mtr.
1580.00 5000.00
35.35 13.30
55853.00 66500.00
3694624.00 Sqm 500.00 33.90 16950.00
72
16.1
73
16.2
Cum
300.00
4.50
1350.00
279
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 74
DSR NO. 16.43
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Providing and laying design mix cement in roads taxi tracks and runways having a minimum works test beam fleural strength of 30 kg per cm2 at 26 days using not less than 340 kg of cement pe cum of funished concrete coarse and graded stone aggregate of 40mm nominal size in appropriate proprotions as per specified design criteria approved by Engineer-in-charge mechanically vibrated using needle an surface vibrators including steel form work with sturdy M.S. channel sections including curing and providing and filling construction joints and dummy joints with approved joint filler an primer including rounding of the edges and filling the grooves 10x25mm deep at top for construction joints and 10mm x 50mm deep at top for construction joints and 10mm x50mm deep at for dummy joints with joint sealing compound (conforming to grade B of IS :1834) including making necessary arrangements for expansion joints etc. all complete. Extra for providing and mixing hard crete of approaved quality as per manufacture's specification in cement concrete Providing and laying in position bitumen hot sealing compound for expansion joints etc.
UNIT Cum
QTY 60.00
RATE (RS.) 3692.40
AMOUNT (RS.) 221544.00
75 76
16.44 16.46
litre
70.00
33.70
2359.00
280
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. a) 77
DSR NO. 16.46.1 16.68
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Using grade 'A' sealing compound
UNIT
QTY 3000.00 200
RATE (RS.) 1.10 345.45
AMOUNT (RS.) 3300.00 69090.00
78
16.69
per cm depth per Providing and laying 60mm thick factory made cement concrete interlocking cm width SQM paver block of M-30 grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction and of approved size and design/shape laid in required colur and pattern over and including 50mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with coars sand etc. all complete as per the direction of the Engineer- laying at or Providing and In - charge. near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 Cum grade cement in position to the required line, level and curvature jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) including making joints with or without grooves (thicness of joints except at sharp curve shall not be 5 mm) including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer- In - TO SUMMARY TOTAL CARRIED OVER charge ( length of finished kerb edging shall be ALUMINIUM WORK
10
4247.70
42477.00
357070.00
79 a) i) 80 a) 81 a) 21.1 21.1.1 21.1.1.2 21.1.2 21.1.2.2 21.3
Providing & fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators & partitions with extruded built For fixed portion up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 microns). For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of PVC/ neoprene gasket required. (Fittings shall be paid Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 microns). Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium doors, windows, ventilator shutters & partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene gasket etc. complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-In -Chage (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic item). With float glass panes of 8mm thickness Providing & fixing double action hydraulic floor spring of approved brand and manufacture IS:6315 marked, for doors including cost of cutting floors as required, embedding in floors and cover plates with brass pivot and single piece MS sheet outer box with slide plate etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer-In-charge. With stainless steel cover plate Sqm 580.00 556.00 322480.00 Kg. 1350.00 306.30 413505.00
Kg.
8500.00
326.60
2776100.00
82 a)
21.3.3 21.4
i)
21.4.1
Each
129.00
1733.50
223621.50
281
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO.
DSR NO.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY NON-SCHEDULED ITEMS
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.) 3735706.50
83
NS
a)
NS
Providing and fixing ACP sheets in panel including all accessories of approved quality and specification as per drawings and directions of Engineer-In -Chage . Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium doors, windows, ventilator shutters & partitions etc. with PVC/ neoprene gasket etc. complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-In -Chage (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic item). With 12mm thickness Texture toughened glass With 10mm thickness Texture toughened glass TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
Sqm
60.00 3722.63
223357.66
0.00
i) ii
Sqm Sqm
15.00 1240.88 10.00 1131.39
18613.14 11313.87 253284.67
WATER PROOFING:
282
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 84
DSR NO. 22.5
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Providing and laying water proofing treatment in sunken portion of WCs, bathrooms etc. by applying cement slurry mixed with water proofing cement comopund consisting of applying: a) First layer of slurry of cement @ 0.488 kg./Sqm mixed with water proofing cement comound @ 0.253 kg./Sqm. This layer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours. b) Second layer of slurry of cement @ 0.242 kg./Sqm mixed with water proofing cement comopund @ 0.126 kg./Sqm. This layer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours followed with water curing for 48 hours. The rate includes preparation of surface, treatment and sealing of all joints, corners, junctions of pipes and masonary with polymer mixed slurry. Providing and laying integral cement based water proofing treatment including preparation of suface as required for treatment of roofs, balconies, terraces condisting of following operations: a) Applying and grouting a slurry coat of neat cement using 2.75 kg./Sqm of cement admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 and approved by Engineer-InCharge over the RCC slab including adjoining walls upto 300mm height including cleaning the surface before treatment. b) Laying brick bats with mortar using broken bricks/brick bats 25mm to 115mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing cement compound conforming to IS:2645 and approved by Engineer-InCharge over 20mm thick layer of cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by the Engineer-In-Charge to required slope & treating similarly the adjoining walls upto 300 mm height including rounding of junctions of walls and slabs. c) After two days of proper curing applying a second coat of cement slurry using 2.75 kg./sqm of cement admixed with water proofing comopound conforming to IS:2645 and approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. d) Finishing the surface with 20mm thick jointless cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing compound conforing to IS:2645 and approved by the Engineer-In-charge including laying glass fibre cloth of approved quality in top layer of plaster and finally finishing the surface with trowel with neat cement slurry and making pattern of 300mmx 300mm square. e) The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded with water for a minimum period of two weeks for curing and for final test. All above operations to be done in order and as directed and specified by the EngineerIn-Charge.
UNIT Sqm
QTY 500.00
RATE (RS.) 143.85
AMOUNT (RS.) 71925.00
85
22.7
86
a)
22.7.1
With average thickness of 120mm and minimum thickness at khurra as 65mm. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY
283
Sqm
2000.00
536.40
1072800.00 1144725.00 of NBCC Signature
SL. NO.
DSR NO.
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
87 a b c e f 88
MISCELLANEOS ITEMS NON SCHEDULE ITEMS providing & fixing SS plates with words in eitching black/any colour as per detail,on SS plate 1mm thick crome plated SS plate for lift-size 12"x4" SS plate for specific rooms-size 12"x8" SS plate for toilet-size 12"x6" SS plate for floor number-size 8"x8" SS plate for pull/push-size 2"x6" providing & fixing signage 3mm thick acrylic sheet with Radium printing, with mat/gloss laminationSS plates with words in eitching black/any colour as per detail,on SS plate 1mm thick crome plated EXIT plate- size 12"x6" Emargency plate - size 12"x6" NO SMOKING plate - size 12"x6" Fire Hose reel - size 12"x6" TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY Each Each Each Each Each 4.00 170.00 16.00 12.00 4.00 525.55 1051.09 788.32 700.73 131.39 2102.19 178686.13 12613.14 8408.76 525.55
a b c d
Each Each Each Each
12.00 12.00 12.00 10.00
788.32 788.32 788.32 788.32
9459.85 9459.85 9459.85 7883.21 238598.54
284
Signature of NBCC
NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE NAME OF THE PROJECT :CONSTN. OF BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL NAME OF THE WORKS : DETAILED COST ESTIMATE OF INTERNAL PLUMBING WORKS
ABSTRACT OF COST SL.NO. 1 2 3 4 5 DESCRIPTION SANITARY FIXTURES SOIL, WASTE VENT PIPE WATER SUPPLY (INTERNAL) DRAINAGE(SEWERAGE) EARTH WORK AMOUNT AS PER DSR'2007 427070.20 1461110.20 441053.40 202548.00 55996.00 993534.67 MARKET 94365.00
TOTAL
2587777.80
1087899.67
285
Signature of NBCC
NAME OF THE PROJECT :CONSTN. OF BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL NAME OF WORK: DETAILED COST ESTIMATE OF INTERNAL PLUMBING WORKS SL. NO. A 1 DSR 2007 DESCRIPTION OF ITEM UNIT QTY. RATE (RS.) AMOUNT (RS.)
SANITARY FIXTURE: 17.1 Providing and fixing water closet squatting pan (Indian type WC pan) with 100mm sand cast iron P or S trap, 10 litres low level white PVC flushing cistern with manually controlled device (Handle lever) conforming to IS:7231 with all fittings & fixtures complete including cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required. White Vitreous china Orissa pattern WC pan of size 580 x 440mm with integral type foot rest. Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type water closet ( European type) with seat & lid with CP brass hinges & rubber buffers, 10 ltr low level white viterous china flushing cistern & C.P. flush bend with fittings and C.I. brackets, 40mm flush bend, overflow arrangement with specials of standard make and mosquito proof coupling of approved municipal design complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting & making good the walls and floors wherever required. WC Pan with ISI marked white solid plastic seat and lid Providing and fixing white vitreous chine flat back type lipped front urinal basin 430x260x350mm size with automatic flushing cistern with standard flush pipe and CP brass spereaders with brass unions and GI clamps complete including painting of fittings brackets, cutting & making good the walls and floors wherever required Range of two urinal basins with 5 ltrs. White PVC automatic flushing cistern Providing and fixing wash basin with CI brackets, 15mm CP brass pillar taps, 32mm CP brass waste of standard pattern, including painting of fittings and brackets cutting & making good the walls, wherever required White vitrious china wash basin size 630 x 450mm with a pair of 15mm C.P. brass pillar taps Each 57.00 1332.90 75975.00 Each 50.00 3393.60 169680.00 Each 40 3282.95 131318.00 Each 8 2304.65 18437.20
a) 2
17.1.1 17.3
a) 3
17.3.1 17.4
a 4
17.4.2 17.7
17.7.1
286
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 5 17.10
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
a i 6
17.10.1 17.10.1.1 17.71
Providing and fixing stainless steel A ISI: 304 (18/8) kitchen sink as per IS:13983 with CI brackets and stainless steel plug 40mm including painting of fittings & brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required. Kitchen sink with drain board Size 510x1040mm bowl depth 250mm Providing and fixing PTMT liquid soap container 109mm wide, 125mm high and 112mm distance from wall of standard shape with bracket of the same materials with snap fittings of approved quality and colour. weighing not less than 105 gms. Providing and fixing PTMT towel rail complete with brackets fixed to wooden cleats with CP brass screws with concealed fitting arrangement of approved quality and colour. 450MM long towel rail with total length of 495mm, 78mm wide and effective height of 88mm, weighing not less than 170gms. Each 45 294.65 13259.25 Each Each 2 37 6154.35 164.65 12308.70 6092.05
17.73
17.73.1
NS
9 a
NS
TOTAL FOR SCHEDULE TIEMS(SANITARY FIXTURE) NON SCHEDULE ITEMS Providing and fixing bevelled edge mirror of superior glass (of approved quality) complete with 6mm thick hard board and fixed with 2nd class teak wood beading with CP brass screws and washers complete Overhead Shower 15 mm TOTAL FOR NON SCHEDULE TIEMS(SANITARY FIXTURE)
427070.20 sqm 30.00 2505.00 75150.00
each
45.00
427.00
19215.00 94365.00
(B) 10 a) i b) i
SOIL WASTE VENT PIPES AND FITTINGS: 17.35 17.35.1 17.35.1.2 17.35.2 17.35.2.2 Providing and fixing soil, waste vent pipes 100mm dia Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socketed pipe as per IS:3989.S&S pipe 75mm dia Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socketed pipe as per IS:3989. Mtr 836.00 629.85 526555.00 Mtr 440.00 730.40 321376.00
287
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 11 17.37
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Providing and fixing MS holder-bat clamps of approved design to Sand Cast iron/cast iron (spun) pipe embedded in and including cement concrete blocks 10x10x10 cm of 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) including cost of cutting holes and making good the walls etc. For 100mm dia pipe For 75mm dia pipe Providing and fixing bend of required degree with access door insertion rubber washer 3mm thick bolts and nuts complete 100mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 75mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 Providing and fixing plain bend of required degree 100mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 75mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 Providing and fixing heal rest sanitary bend 100mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 75mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3mm thick, bolts and nuts complete. 100x100x100mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 75x75x75mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989
288
a b) 12 a) i b) i 13 a) i b) i 14 a) 15 b) i 16
17.37.1 17.37.2 17.38 17.38.1 17.38.1.2 17.38.2 17.38.2.2 17.39 17.39.1 17.39.1.2 17.39.2 17.39.2.2 17.40 17.40.1 17.40.1.2 17.40.2 17.40.2.2 17.43
Each Each
183 348
65.35 63.00
11981.00 21945.00
Each
32.00
291.00
9312.00
Each
60.00
230.90
13854.00
Each
22.00
236.40
5201.00
Each
42.00
178.65
7503.00
Each
6.00
286.35
1718.00
Each
16.00
249.50
3992.00
a) 17 a i
17.43.1 17.43.1.2 17.43.2 17.43.2.2
Each
16.00
489.60
7834.00
Each
40.00
364.45
14578.00
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 18 a i b) i 19 a) i b) i 20 a) i b) i 21 a) b) 22 17.44
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required degree: 100x100x100mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 75x75x75mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 Providing and fixing terminal guard 100mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 75mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 Providing and fixing collars 100mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 75mm Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 Providing lead caulked joints to sand cast iron/centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes & fittings of dia a) 100mm b) 75mm Providing and fixing trap of self cleaning design with screwed down or hinged grating with or without vent arm complete, including cost of cutting and making good the walls and floors. a) 100mm inlet and 75mm outlet Sand Cast iron S&S as per IS-3989 Each 112.00 573.35 64215.00 Each Each 677 1314 126.50 107.80 85586.00 141680.00 Each 597 146.10 87243.00 Each 314 202.70 63706.00 Each 72.00 177.45 12776.00 Each 32.00 194.60 6227.00 Each 42 333.10 13990.20 Each 22 442.00 9724.00
17.44.1 17.44.1.2 19.44.2 17.44.2.2 17.56 19.56.1 17.56.1.2 17.56.2 17.56.2.2 17.57 17.57.1 17.57.1.2 17.57.2 17.57.2.2 17.58 17.58.1 17.58.2 17.60
a) i
17.60.2 17.60.2.2
289
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 20 17.61
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Cutting chases in brick masonry walls for following diameter sand cast iron/centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes and making good the same with cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand: 6 graded stone aggregate 12.5mm nominal size) including necessary plaster and painting in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand).
a) b) 21
17.61.1 17.61.2 17.65
a) 100mm dia b) 75mm dia Painting sand cast iron/centrifugally cast (spun) iron soil, waste vent pipes and fittings with paint of any colour such as chocolate grey or buff etc. over a coat of primer (of approved quality) for new work. a) 100mm dia meter pipe b) 75mm dia meter pipe
Mtr. Mtr.
30.00 50.00
152.45 108.85
4574.00 5443.00
a) b)
17.65.1 17.65.2
Mtr Mtr
440.00 836.00
18.60 14.25
8184.00 11913.00 1461110.20
TOTAL FOR SCHEDULE ITEMS(SOIL WASTE VENT PIPES & FITTINGS)
290
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. C)
DSR 2007 WATER SUPPLY
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
SCHEDULE ITEMS 22 18.2 Providing & fixing Polyethene Aluminim Polyethene ( PE-AL-PE) composite pressure pipes conforming to IS-15450 U.V. stabilized with carbon black having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, capable to withstand temperature upto 80 deg. C including all special fittings of composite material (engineering plastic blend and brass inserts wherever required) i.e. elbows, tees, reducers, couplers & connectors etc. with clamps at 1.00 metre spacing. This includes the costs of cutting chases and including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. Concealed installation including cutting chases and making good the walls etc. complete 18.2.1 18.2.2 18.2.3 18.10 1216 ( 16mm OD) pipe 1620 ( 20mm OD) pipe 2025 ( 25mm OD) Pipe Providing and fixing GI pipes complete with GI fitting and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. (Internal work). Exposed on wall: (Internal work). 25mm nominal bore 32mm dia nominal bore 40mm dia nominal bore 50mm dia nominal bore Providing and fixing GI pipes complete with GI fittings including trenching & refilling etc. Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs Mtrs 12 35 20 45 179.65 226.10 264.05 342.90 2155.80 7913.50 5281.00 15430.50 Mtr Mtr Mtr 375 190 100 224.25 260.85 319.80 84093.75 49561.50 31980.00
a i ii iii 23
a i ii iii iv 24
18.10.1 18.10.3 18.10.4 18.10.5 18.10.6 18.12
291
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. a i 25
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
External works: 18.12.6 18.13 h) 80mm nominal bore Making connection of GI distribution branch with GI main of following sizes by providing & fixing tee, including cutting and threading the pipe etc. complete. 50-80 mm nominal bore Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with CI wheel of approved quality (screwed end). 25mm nominal bore 32mm nominal bore 40mm nominal bore 50mm nominal bore Each Each Each Each 4 4 4 4 285.50 358.00 399.00 578.20 1142.00 1432.00 1596.00 2312.80 Each 1 423.20 423.20 Mtrs 150 458.15 68722.50
a 26
18.13.2 18.17
a b) C) d
18.17.1 18.17.2 18.17.3 18.17.4
292
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. e 27
DSR 2007 18.17.5 18.18
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
65mm nominal bore Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of approved quallity. High or low pressure, with plastic floats complete. a) 25mm nominal bore Providing and fixing gun metal non-return valve of approved quality (screwed end). 65mm nominal bore Horizontal Painting GI pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel white paint over a ready mixed priming coat, both of approved quality for new work: 25mm diameter pipe 32mm diameter pipe 40mm diameter pipe 50mm diameter pipe Providing & fitting sand of grading zone V or coarser grade alround the GI pipes in external work: 80mm diameter pipe
Each
16
831.75
13308.00
a) 28 a i 29 a b) C) d 30 a
18.18.3 18.19 18.19.5 18.19.5.1 18.38 18.38.3 18.38.4 18.38.5 18.38.6 18.41 18.41.8
Each
16.00
385.90
6174.40
Each
1282.10
10256.80
Mtr Mtr Mtr Mtr
12 35 20 45
7.45 8.75 10.40 12.20
89.40 306.25 208.00 549.00
Mtr
40.00
40.00
293
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 31 a 32 18.49
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Providing & fixing CP brass bib cock of approved quality conforming IS 8931: 15mm nominal bore Providing and fixing CP brass stop cock (concealed) of standard design and approved make confirming to IS: 8931. 15mm nominal bore TOTAL FOR SCHEDULE ITEMS (WATER SUPPLY) NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS :(WATER SUPPLY) Each 304.00 313.10 95182.00 441053.40 Each 137.00 313.10 42895.00
18.49.1 18.52
a)
18.52.1
33 a) 34
MR
Providing and fixing CI cover with frame for RCC UGT / OHT a) 560 mm dia internal dia DI cover with frame (Heavy duty total weight of the cover not less than 60 Kg) Each Each 6.00 5.00 3649.64 36496.35 21897.81 182481.75
MR
Providing and fixing monoblock centrifugal pumping set with gun metal impeller with totally enclosed fan colled squirrel cage induction motor capable of discharging 150 LPM against 65m head complete with flow and pressure dial guage, base plate priming arrangement, with wiring, panel & equipments for water level controller to start / stop the pump automatically with protection for dry run etc. complete in all respects. Supplying instalation testing and commisioning of RO/Water Cooler Water Cooler RO
35 a b)
MR a) b)
Each Each
10.00 10.00
22992.70 20529.20
229927.01 205291.97
294
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 36 a i 37 MR MR
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Providing and fixing GI pipes complete with GI fitting and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. (Internal work). Exposed on wall: (Internal work). 65mm dia nominal bore Providing and placing on terrace (at all floor levels) polythene water storage tank of approved brand and manufacture with cover and suitable locking arrangement and making necessary holes for inlet , outlet and overflow pipes but without fittings and the base support for tank. 10000 ltr capacity for shaft 1( 1 No ) 10,000 ltr capacity for shaft 2 ( 1 No ) 10000 ltr for wardan/office ( 1 N0) Supplying instalation testing and commisioning of 35 ltr Geysers.(Usha/Recold/Inhalsa) Litre Litre Litre Litre 10000 10000 10000 26 5.58 5.58 5.58 5839.42 55766.42 55766.42 55766.42 151824.82 Mtrs 75 464.16 34812.04
18.48 MR
a b) C) 38
a) b) c) MR
TOTAL FOR NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS :(WATER SUPPLY) D) 39 19.1 SEWERAGE (INTERNAL): Providing, laying & jointing glazed stoneware pipes grade 'A' with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine sand) including testing of joints etc. complete 100 mm diameter Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) alround SW pipes including bed concrete as per standard design. 100 mm dia RCC pipe 150 mm diam. SW pipe/RCC Mtr Mtr 40.00 80.00 331.20 405.05 Mtr 40.00 105.90
993534.67
a) 40
19.1.1 19.2
4236.00
a) b)
19.2.1 19.2.2
13248.00 32404.00
295
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 41 19.4
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Providing and fixing square - mouth SW gully trap grade 'A' complete with CI grating brick masonry chamber with water tight CI Cover with frame of 300x300mm size (inside) the weight of cover to be not less than 4.50 Kg) and frame to be not less than 2.70 Kg as per standard design. 100x100mm size 'P' type With FPS bricks class designation 75. Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class (light duty) RCC pipes with collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) including testing of the joints etc. complete. 150 mm dia RCC pipe Constructing brick masonary manhole in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) RCC top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), fondation concrete 1:4:8 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand: 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) inside plastering 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 ( 1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregated 20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design. Inside size 90 x 80 cm and 60 cm deep including CI cover with frame (light duty ) 455 x 610 mm internal dimensions total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 38 kg) (weight of the cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg). With FPS bricks with class designation 75 Each 20.00 5383.70 107674.00 Mtr 80.00 202.85 16228.00 Each 21.00 935.15 19638.00
a) i 42
19.4.1 19.4.1.1 19.6
a) 43
19.6.2 19.7
a)
19.7.1
19.7.1.1
296
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. 44 19.16
DSR 2007
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Providing orange colour safety foot rest of minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulated as per IS:10910 on 12mm dia steel bar comforming to IS:1786 having minimum cross section as 23mm x 25mm and over all minimum length 263 mm and width as 165mm with minimum 112mm space between protruded legs having 2mm tread on top surface by ribbing or chequiring besides necessary & adequate anchoring projections on tail length on 138mm as per standard drawing and suitabbe to with stend the bend test and chemical resistance test as per specifications and having manufacture's permanent identification mark to be visible even after fixing, including fixing in manholes with 30x20x15cm cement concrete block 1:3:6 ( 1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) complete as per design.
Each
50.00
182.40
9120.00
TOTAL FOR SCHEDULE ITEMS
202548.00
E)
EARTH WORK( INTERNAL PLUMBING WORK) SCHEDULE ITEMS
45
2.6
Earth work in excation over areas (exceeding 30cm in depth, 1.5 in width as well as 10 sq.mt in plan) including disposal of excavated earth lead upto 50m and lift upto 1.5 m disposed earth to be levelled and neatly dressed All kind of soil Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc. including excavation for sockets and refessing of sides, ramming of bottom depth upto 1.5m including getting out the excavated soil, and then returning the soil as required in layers not exceeding 20mm in depth including consolidating earth deposited layer by ramming, watering etc. and disposing of surplus excavated soil as directed within a lead of 50m. All kinds of soil Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80mm dia but not exceeding 300mm dia Mtr 400.00 40.00 115.05 45.70 46020.00 1828.00 Filling available excavted earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth sides of foundations cum etc. in layet not exceeding 20 cm in depth consolidation earth deposited layer by ramming and watering lead upto 50m and lift upto 1.5m TOTAL FOR EARTH WORK Cum 80.00 101.85 8148.00
a) 46
2.6.1 2.10
a) i 47
2.10.1 20.10.1.2 2.25
55996.00
297
Signature of NBCC
NAME OF THE PROJECT: CONSTN. OF PROPOSED BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL NAME OF WORK: COST ESTIMATE OF HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING WORKS ABSTRACT OF COST AMOUNT BASED ON SL.NO. DESCRIPTION DSR-2007 MARKET RATE
HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING:

TOTAL (A)
252406.50 252406.50
71715.33 71715.33 (B)
298
Signature of NBCC
NAME OF THE PROJECT: CONSTN. OF PROPOSED BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL NAME OF WORK: COST ESTIMATE OF HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING WORKS SL. NO. 1 DSR NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEM HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING: 23.1 Trenching in ordinary soil up to a depth of 60cm including removal and stacking of serviveable materials and then disposing of by spreading and neatly leveling with in a lead of 50m and making up the trenched area to proper levels by filling with earth or earth mixed with sludge or/and manure before and after flooding trench with water (excluding cost of impored earth, sludge or manure) Supplying & stackng of good earth at site including royalty and carriage up to 1 km (earht measured in stacks will be reduced by 20% for Payment). Cum 550.00 16.95 9322.50 UNIT QTY RATE (RS.) AMOUNT (RS.)
23.2
Cum
550.00
144.05
79227.50
23.4
a) 4 5 6 7
23.4.1 23.5 23.6 23.7 23.8
Supplying & stackng at site dump manur from Badli or other approved source, including carriage upto 1 km (manure measured in stacks will be reduced by 8% for payment). Screened through sieve of IS designation 20mm Cum Rough dressing the trenched ground including breaking clods. 100 Sqm Uprooting weeds from the trenched area after 10 to 15 days of its flooding 100 Sqm with water including disposal of uprooted vegentation Fine dressing the ground 100 Sqm Spreading of sludge, dump manure or/and good earth in required thickness Cum (cost of sludge, dump manure or/and good earth to be paid separately). Mixing earth and sludtge or manure in proportion specified or directed Grassing with 'Doob' grass including watering and maintenance of the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass forms a thick lawn free from weeds and fit for mowing including supplying good earth if needed (the good earth shall be paid for separately). Cum
110.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 110.00
82.90 33.05 106.85 80.20 11.60
9119.00 1322.00 4274.00 3208.00 1276.00
8 9
23.9 23.10
550.00
7.85
4317.50
299
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. a) 10
DSR NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEM 23.10.3 23.13 In rows 5 cm apart in either direction Preparation of beds for hedging and shrubbery by excavating 60cm deep and trenching the excavated base to a further depth of 30cm,refilling the excavated earth after breaking clods and mixing with sludge or manure in the ratio of 8:1 (8 parts of stacked volume of earth after reduction by 20% : one part of stacked volume of sludge or manure after reduction by 8%), flooding with water, filling with earth if necessary, watering and finally fine dressing, leveling etc.including stacking and disposal of materials declared unserviceable and surplus earth by spreading and leveling as directed, within a lead of 50m lift up to 1.5 m complete (cost of sludge, manure or extra earth to be paid for separately). Providing and fixing M S flat iron tree guard 60cm dia. And 2m height above ground level formed of 4 nos. 25x6mm and 8 nos 25x3mm vertical M.S. flats rivetted to 3 nos. 25x6mm M S flat iron rings in two halves, bolted together with 8mm dia. And 30mm long bolts including painting two coats with paint of approved brand and manufacture over a coat of priming, complete in all respect. Edging with bricks laid dry length wise including excavation, refilling, consolidating with had packing and spreading neartly suruplus earth withi a lead of 50m 75 class designation
UNIT 100 Sqm Cum
QTY 40.00 300.00
RATE AMOUNT (RS.) (RS.) 384.85 15394.00 47.90 14370.00
11
23.16
Each
60.00
1592.10
95526.00
12
23.19
a) (i)
23.19.1
23.19.1.1 F P S Brick TOTAL FO SCHEDULED ITEMS
metre
1000.00
15.05
15050.00 252406.50
300
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO.
DSR NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEM NON-SCHEDULED ITEMS
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
13
Supply / planting the sapling of trees shaddy, flowering and fruits of height upto 600 mm i/c all excavation in dia 1 meter and depth 1.5meter with good earth/manure in required proportion making Thaola etc and watering complete ( The cost of good earth and manure will be paid saperately ) Types of trees/sapling should be Cycus palm,Fycus (black), aero coria, Red salsa, Dry cina nohtane , Fycus Rizonald etc as per the Engineer-Incharge. Supply and planting Goldern Durrente complete in all respect as per the instruction of Engineer-In-charge. TOTAL OF NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS
Each
200.00 328.4672
65693.43
14
Each
550.00 10.94891
6021.90 71715.33
301
Signature of NBCC
ABSTRACT OF COST
S.NO.
DESCRIPTION NON SCHEDULED SCHEDULED ITEMS (ELECT. WORKS)DSR 2007 ELECTRICAL WORKS:
i) II) III) IV) v)
Wiring MCB Distribution Board Fittings & Accessories Lightning Earthing TOTAL
RS. RS. RS. RS. RS.
0.00 2159262.77 3054603.65 0.00 110948.91 5324815.33
4379614.00 657402.00 0.00 204470.00 43244.00 5284730.00
302
Signature of NBCC
NAME OF PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF BOYS HOSTEL BLOCK AT BHOPAL NAME OF WORK : PROVIDING INTERNAL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS & LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM SL. NO. DSR (A) 1 1.10 Wiring for light point/fan point/exhaust fan point/call bell point with 1.5 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable in surface/recessed PVC conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required. Group-C Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable in surface/recessed PVC conduit, 2 way modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required. Wiring for light/power plug with 2x4 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable in surface/recessed PVC conduit alongwith 1 No. 4 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required. Wiring for light/power plug with 4x4 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable in surface/recessed PVC conduit alongwith 2 Nos. 4 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required. Wiring for circuit/sub main wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/recessed PVC conduit as required. 2 x 1.5 Sqmm + 1 x 1.5 Sq.mm (For circuit wiring). Mtr 8550 71.00 607050.00 Point Point 1800 40 426.00 453.00 766800.00 18120.00 DESCRIPTION OF ITEM UNIT QTY DSR RATE (RS.) NS AMOUNT(RS.) DSR ITEMS NS ITEMS
a b
1.10.3 1
1.12
Mtr
9500
97.00
921500.00
1.13
Mtr
5600
149.00
834400.00
1.14
1.14.1
303
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) ii iii iv v f 1.14.2 1.14.4 1.14.10 1.14.11 1.21
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
AMOUNT(RS.) DSR ITEMS 380700.00 44450.00 227700.00 308700.00 NS ITEMS
2 x 2.5 Sqmm + 1 x 2.5 Sq.mm (For circuit wiring for PCs). 2 x 6 Sqmm +1x 6 Sq.mm (For submain&AC ) 4 x 6 Sqmm +2x 6 Sq.mm (For submain ) 4 x 10 Sqmm +2 x 10 Sq.mm (For submain wiring) Supplying and laying of the following of PVC conduit alongwith accessoris in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessed conduit as required. (For telephone & TV wiring). 20mm 25mm Supplying & fixing suitable size GI box of with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess including providing & fixing 3 pin 5/6 Amp.modular socket outlet and 5/6 Amp. modular switch, connections, painting etc. as required. Supplying & fixing suitable size GI box of with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in recess including providing & fixing 6 pin 15/16 Amp. modular socket outlet and 15/16 Amp. modular switch, connections, painting etc. as required. Supplying & fixing following modular switch/socket on the existing modular plate & switch box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required. Telephone socket outlet 15/16 A switch 3pin 5/6 amp socket outlet TV antenna socket outlet
Mtr Mtr Mtr Mtr
4700 350 1100 1050
81.00 127.00 207.00 294.00
i ii g
1.21.1 1.21.2 1.31
Mtr Mtr Each
100 100 5
41.00 47.00 160.00
4100.00 4700.00 800.00
1.32
Each
236
214.00
50504.00
1.24
i ii iii iv
1.24.6 1.24.3 1.24.4 1.24.7
Each Each Each Each
10 326 978 5
61.00 67.00 64.00 60.00
610.00 21842.00 62592.00 300.00
304
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) j 1.25
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
AMOUNT(RS.) DSR ITEMS 59774.00 NS ITEMS
Supplying & fixing stepped type electronic fan regulator on the existing modular plate switch box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required. Supplying & fixing modular blanking plate on the existing modular plate and switch box excluding modular plate as required. Supplying & fixing following size/modules, GI box alongwith modular base & cover plate for modular switches in recess etc. as required. 1 or 2 Module (75 mm x 75 mm) 8 Module (125 mm x 125 mm) Supplying and drawing following PAIR, 0.5 Sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor, unarmoured telephone cable in the existing surface/recessed steel/PVC conduit as required. 2- Pair Supplying and drawing co-axial TV cable RG6grade,0.7mm solid copper conductor PE insulated, shielded with the tinned copper braid and protected with PVC sheathed in the existing surface/recessed steel/PVC conduit as required. TOTAL UPTO WIRING INSTALLATION
Each
242
247.00
1.26
Each
30
20.00
600.00
1.27
i ii m
1.27.1 1.27.4 1.18
Each Each
15 326
88.00 177.00
1320.00 57702.00
i n
1.18.2 1.19
Mtr Mtr
100 150
19.00 23.00
1900.00 3450.00
4379614.00
(B) 2 2.51 Supplying & fixing 5 Amps. to 32 Amps. Rating, 240/415 Volts, "B" series, miniature circuit breaker suitable for lighting and other loads of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required. Single Pole Each 362 86.00 31132.00
2.51.1
305
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) 3 2.52
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
AMOUNT(RS.) DSR ITEMS NS ITEMS
Supplying & fixing 5 Amps. to 32 Amps. Rating, 240/415 Volts, "C" series, miniature circuit breaker suitable for lighting and other loads of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required. Single Pole Supplying and fixing of following way, single pole and neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board consumer unit, 240 Volts on surface/recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, hinged front acrylic cover for the MCB knobs, detachable gland plate, inter-connections, phosphatized and powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). 2 +4 Way 2 +8 Way Supplying and fixing of following rating, double pole, (single phase & neutral), 240 Volts, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current upto 300 mA in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning as required. 25 amps. 40 amps. Supplying and fixing following way, three pole and neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board consumer unit, 415 Volts on surface/recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar, hinged front acrylic cover for the MCB knobs, detachable gland plate, inter-connections, phosphatized and powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator). Each Each 3 1 949.00 1007.00 2847.00 1007.00 Each Each 2 2 559.00 654.00 1118.00 1308.00 Each 438 94.00 41172.00
a 4
2.52.1 2.32
a b 5
2.32.1 2.32.2 2.56
a b 6
2.56.1 2.56.2 2.33
306
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) a b c 7 8 2.33.1 2.33.2 2.33.2 2.53 2.57
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
AMOUNT(RS.) DSR ITEMS 15580.00 19180.00 13880.00 100.00 NS ITEMS
4Way-TPN(Horizontal) 6Way-TPN(Horizontal) 8Way-TPN(Horizontal) Supplying & fixing single pole blanking plate in the existing MCB DB complete etc. as required. Supplying and fixing of following rating, four pole, (three phase & neutral) 415 Volts, residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current upto 300 mA in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning as required. 25 Amps. 40 Amps. 63 Amps. Supplying,installing on wall , testing and commissioning of following capacity rising mains with metal clad enclosure, wall straps , fully PVC insulated TPN aluminium bus bars in convenient sections and suitable for 400 / 650 volts , 3 phase, 4 wire , 50 Hz , AC supply with extension joints , fire proof barriers , expansion joints, thrust pads including jointing, and earthing with 2 runs of galvanised iron strips etc. as required.(Rising mains conforming to IS: 8623, TEC 439) 200 Amps (SC rating for 1 sec.-15 KA ) 315 Amps (SC rating for 1 sec.-15 KA )
Each Each Each Each
19 20 10 50
820.00 959.00 1388.00 2.00
a b c 9
2.57.1 2.57.2 2.57.3 2.11
Each Each Each
24 22 4
1168.00 1208.00 1426.00
28032.00 26576.00 5704.00
a b
2.11.1 2.11.2
Mtr Mtr
30 30
4164.00 4280.00
124920.00 128400.00
307
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) 10 2.14
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
Supplying installing, testing and commmsissioning of adoptor box of following capacity on existing rising mains and completewithstand,cable end box,brass compression gland,interconnections,earthingetc. as required. 200 Amps TPN 300 Amps TPN Providing and fixing following rating and breaking capacity MCCB in existing cubicle panel board including drillingholes in cubicle panel, making connections,etc. as required. 200 Amps TPN 315 Amps TPN Supplying and fixing 20 Amps. 240 Volts, SPN industrial type socket outlet, with 2 pole and earth, metal enclosed plug top alogwith 32Amps., C-series, SP MCB, in sheet steel enclosure, on surface or in recess, with chaied metal cover for the socket, outlet, and complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required. Each Each Each 2 2 27 5501.00 11631.00 520.00 11002.00 23262.00 14040.00 Each Each 2 2 7790.00 9221.00 15580.00 18442.00
a b 11
2.14.1 2.14.2 2.22
a b 12
2.22.6 2.229 2.62
13
1.35
14
1.41
Erection of wall bracket/ceiling fittings of all sizes and shapes containing upto two GLS lamps per fitting, complete with all accessories including connection etc. as required. Installation testing and commissioning of pre wired fluorescent fitting/compact fluorescent fitting of all types, complete with all accessories and tube etc. directly on ceiling/wall, including connection with1.5 sq mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor,single core cable end earthing etc. as required.
Each
344
19.00
6536.00
Each
469
43.00
20167.00
308
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) 15 1.42
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
Installation testing and commissioning of pre wired fluorescent fitting/compact fluorescent fitting of all types, complete with all accessories and tube etc. including supplying and fixing ball and socket arrangement, 2 no. down rods of 20 mm dia x 1.6 mm thick steel conduit up to 30 cm lengt, painting and wiringthe down rod and connection with1.5 sq mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor,single core cable end earthing etc. as required. Installation testing and commissioning of ceiling fan, including wiring the down rods of standard length (up to 30 cm) with 1.5 sq mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor,single core cable end earthing etc. as required. Carriage of ceiling fan and regulator/exhaust fan from store to site as required Numbering of ceiling fan fluorescent fitting/exhaust fan as required Installation of exhaust fan upto 450mm sweep in the existing opening, including making the hole to suit the size of the above fan, making good the damage, connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required. Extra for fixing of louvers/shutters complete with frame for exhaust fans of all sizes.
Each
72
126.00
16
1.44
Each
242
45.00
10890.00
17 18 19
1.50 1.51 1.26
Each Each Each
513 1151 29
8.00 10.00 223.00
4104.00 11510.00 6467.00
1.54 20
Each
106
65.00
6890.00
309
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 21459.85
AMOUNT(RS.) DSR ITEMS NS ITEMS 42919.71
21
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).FLOOR PANEL INCOMER 1 No. 63A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 100 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 1 No.25 amp 1 pole MCB 4 Nos.25 amp 3 pole MCB
Set
310
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 24671.53
22
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).FLOOR PANEL-1 INCOMER 1 No. 63A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 100 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 4 Nos.25 amp 3 pole MCB
Set
311
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 23941.61
23
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).FLOOR PANEL-2 INCOMER 1 No. 63A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 100 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 1 No.25 amp 1 pole MCB 3 Nos.25 amp 3 pole MCB
Set
312
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 25474.45
24
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).FLOOR PANEL-4 INCOMER 1 No. 63A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR
Set
313
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A)
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
1 Sets - 100 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 5 Nos.25 amp 3 pole MCB NS Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).FLOOR PANEL-5 INCOMER 1 No. 100A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 200 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 1 No.63 amp 3 pole MCB 3 Nos.40 amp 3 pole MCB Set 3 27080.29 81240.88
25
314
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 27481.75
26
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).FLOOR PANEL-6 INCOMER 1 No. 100A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 200 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 3 Nos.40 amp 3 pole MCB 1 No.63 amp 3 pole MCB 1 No.40 amp 1 pole MCB
Set
315
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 28467.15
27
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).FLOOR PANEL-7 INCOMER 1 No. 100A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 200 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 5 Nos.40 amp 3 pole MCB
Set
316
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 27080.29
28
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).FLOOR PANEL INCOMER 1 No. 100A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 200 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 4 Nos.40 amp 3 pole MCB
Set
317
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 30291.97
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work)LIFT PANEL INCOMER 1 No. 63A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with fixed type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 100 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 2 Nos.63A 3P MCB 16 KA fixed type as outgoings.(1No. For lift & 1No. Spare) 1 No.in-built SDB with 2Nos.32A 3P MCB as incomer and 2Nos. 6A SP MCBs & 3 Nos. 16A SP MCBs as outgoings.
Set
29
318
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 115328.47
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).OUT DOOR WEATHER PROOF KIOSK-1 INCOMER 1 No. 630A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 36 KA with Adjustable type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 630 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 3 Nos. 315A, 3 pole MCCB having braking capacity 25 KA with Adjustable type fault releases. 2 Nos. 100A, 3 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with Fixed type fault releases.
Set
30
319
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) NS
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 102189.78
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Distribution Board suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, AC system capable of withstanding fault level of 25KA, 415 volts. The panel shall be indoor, wall mounted, powder coated, dust & vermin proof, compartment type enclosure of IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary bus bar . The incoming and outgoing circuits shall be accomodated as per single line diagram and the DB shall comprise the following switchgear and accessories: (Shop drawing to be got approved prior to execution of work).OUT DOOR WEATHER PROOF KIOSK-1 INCOMER 1 No. 630A, 4 pole MCCB having braking capacity 36 KA with Adjustable type fault releases. 1 No. Ammeter of suitable range with suitable CTs. 1 No. - Voltmeter of suitable range 1 Set - Phase indicating lamps. 1 Set - HRC backup fuses. BUS-BR 1 Sets - 630 A TPN aluminium bus bar suitable for25 KA fault level covered with colour coded PVC sleeves. OUTGOING 3 Nos. 200A, 3 pole MCCB having braking capacity 25 KA with Adjustable type fault releases. 2 Nos. 100A, 3 pole MCCB having braking capacity 16 KA with Fixed type fault releases. Supply of 1.1 KV grade PVC insulated PVC sheathed PVC aluminium conductor unarmoured cable conforming to IS:1554 Part-I of the following sizes (Shop drawing of cable layout to be got aproved by the Engineer-In-Charge prior to purchase). 2R4 C x 25 Sq mm
Set
31
32 a
Mtr
100
320
216.79
21678.83
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A)
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 248.91 1832.85 1520.44 59.00
AMOUNT(RS.) DSR ITEMS NS ITEMS 24890.51 733138.69 304087.59 11800.00
2R3.5 C x 35 Sq mm b c d 1.12 1R3.5 C x 300Sq mm 1R3.5 C x 240 Sq mm Laying of one No. PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 1.1 KV grade of size exceeding 25 Sqmm but not exceeding 120 sqmm on surface as required. Laying of one No. PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 1.1 KV grade of size exceeding 120 Sqmm but not exceeding 400 sqmm on surface as required. Laying of one No. PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 1.1 KV grade of size exceeding 25 Sqmm but not exceeding 120 sqmm direct in ground including excavation,sandcushioning,protective coveringand earth fillingthe trench etc. as required. Laying of one No. PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 1.1 KV grade of size exceeding 25 Sqmm but not exceeding 120 sqmm direct in ground including excavation,sandcushioning,protective coveringand earth fillingthe trench etc. as required. Supplying & making end termination with brass compression glands and aluminum lugs for following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE aluminium contractor cable of 1.1KV grade as required.
Mtr Mtr Mtr Mtr
100 400 200 200
33 1.13 Mtr 175 61.00 10675.00
3 1.2 Mtr 25 91.00 2275.00
31 1.3
Mtr
250
97.00
24250.00
31 45
32 4.1.34 4.1.21 4 C x 25 Sq mm 3.5C x 35 Sqmm Each Each 16 16 157.00 137.00 2512.00 2192.00
321
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) 4.1.29 4.1.30 2.71
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
AMOUNT(RS.) DSR ITEMS 1524.00 2032.00 1224.00 NS ITEMS
3.5C x 240 Sqmm 3.5C x 300 Sqmm Providing & fixing MV Danger Notice plate of 200mm x 150mm made of mild steel atleast 2mm thick and vitreous enamelled white on both sides and with inscription in signal RED colour on front side as required.
Supplying & fixing of ISI marked (IS:2878) carbon-dioxide gas type fire extinguisher with cylinder of 4.5 kg. capacity complete with suitable length hose and horn duly charged and ready for use GI bracket for wall mounting etc. as required. Supplying ISI marked (IS:13849) ABC dry powder 10 kg. fire extinguisher with cylinder fully charged complete with bakelite horn discharge tube, GI bracket for wall mounting etc. as required.
Each Each Each
4 4 18
381.00 508.00 68.00
33
47
Each
32
5839.42
186861.31
34
48
Each
32
7204.38
230540.15
35
49
Supplying installation, testing commissioning telephone tag block of the following sizes 10 Pair
of
36 Each 1 802.92 657402.00 802.92 2159262.77 a TOTAL UPTO MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARD NS 37 Supplying of light fittings complete with all accessories with choke, starter, capacitor etc. of the following type as required. 1x36W Fl. Fitting as per Philips Cat. No.TMS 09XTL528W with lamp or similar specification of other approved makes. 1x36W Fl. Fitting as per Philips Cat. No.TCS TCS 605 1XTL D36 ICMI with lamp or similar specification of other approved makes. Each 280 391.97 109751.82
Each
1738.69
13909.49
322
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A)
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 7521.90
600X600 LED Fitting as per Philips Cat. No.RC365B LED 20S 4000 PSU OD with lamp or similar specification of other approved makes. 1x9W CFL. Fitting as per Philips Cat. No.FXC 101 1XPLS/2P 9W ACGR with lamp or similar specification of other approved makes. 1x36W Fl. Fitting as per Philips Cat. No.TMS501 2XTLD36 WIC with lamp or similar specification of other approved makes. Ceiling waverly drum light 1 x 13W with lamp as per Decon Cat. No. 03XA or similar specification of other approved makes. 2x11W CFL luminaire rectangular light fitting as per Philips Cat. No.FCS 518 2XPL-S/2P11 WI or similar specification of other approved makes. 1x14W CFl. Fitting as per Philips Cat. No.ADRENO V2 14W TWG207 with lamp or similar specification of other approved makes. 1x70W METAL HALLIED light fitting with lamp as per Philips Cat. No.MCS 250/1XCDM-TD 70 W HF or similar specification of other approved makes.
Each
55
Each
701.46
4910.22
Each
864.23
7778.10
Each
236
883.21
208437.96
Each
540
1027.01
554583.94
Each
390.51
1562.04
Each
5279.56
31677.37
i ` 1X60W GLS DECORATIVE WALL LAMP SET WITH LAMP (BRASS FINISH) VIDE DECON CAT. NO.05BMor similar specifications of other approved makes. 2X60W GLS DECORATIVE WALL LAMP SET WITH LAMP (BRASS FINISH) VIDE DECON CAT. NO.2955 or similar specifications of other approved makes. Each 338 533.58 180348.91
j `
Each
1330.66
7983.94
323
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A)
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS 6587.59
l m
1x70W SON-T street light light fitting with lamp as per Philips Cat. No.SRP 308 1XSON70W FG or similar specification of other approved makes including GI pipe bracket of required size and lenght. Aviation light set complete including fixing arrangement as per Surya Roshni cat no. SAL with 1x100w gls lamp or simillar specifications of other approved makes. NS Supplying of approved make ceiling fan of double ball bearing with arnamental design of the following size with its all accessories suitable for operation on 230V single phase, 50 Hz, AC supply complete as required. 1200mm sweep (USHA/GEC/ CROMPTON/ BAJAJ) NS Supplying of 230V (nominal voltage) exhaust fan with its all accessories complete as required of following size: 305mm sweep900 RPM (Heavy duty) 380mm sweep900 RPM (Heavy duty) NS NS Supplying of heavy quality louvers etc. for the above exaust fans as required. Supply,installation,testing & commissioning of KEY CARD SWITCK near door inside room, including single pole latching relay and key fob as required. TOTAL UPTO FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
Each
16
Each
3065.69
6131.39
38 a 39 Each 242 1517.52 367239.42
a b 40 41
Each Each Each Each
4 25 29 165
2152.55 2551.09 182.48 5839.42
8610.22 63777.37 5291.97 963503.65
0.00
3054603.65
324
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) 4.1
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
42 4.4
Providing & fixing of lightning conductor finial, made of 25 mm dia 300 mm long, copper tube, having single prong at top, with 85 mm dia 6 mm thick copper base plate including holes etc. complete as required. Reverting, sweating and soldering of copper/G.I. tape (with another copper/GI tape, base of the finial or any other metallic object) as required. Providing and fixing copper tape 20mm x 3mm thick on parapet or surface of wall for lightning conductor complete as required (For horizontal run) Providing and fixing copper tape 20mm x 3mm thick on parapet or surface of wall for lightning conductor complete as required. (For vertical run) Providing and fixing testing joint, made of 20 mm x 3 mm thick copper strip, 125mm long, with 4 nos. of tinned brass bolts, nuts, check nuts and spring washers etc. complete as required Providing and laying copper tape 32 mm x 6 mm from earth electrode directly in ground as required. Earthing with copper earth plate 600mm x 600mm x 3mm thick i/c. accessories & providing masonary enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. (but without charcoal or coke and salt) complete etc. as required. Extra for using salt and charcoal for GI or copper plate earth electrode as required TOTAL UPTO LIGHTNING
Each
477.00
Each
125
56.00
7000.00
43 4.5 44 4.6 45 4.11 Mtr 500 163.00 81500.00
Mtr
100
175.00
17500.00
Each
108.00
972.00
46 4.13 47 3.6
Mtr Set
130 9
475.00 3263.00
61750.00 29367.00
48 3.7 49
Set
603.00
5427.00
204470.00
0.00
325
Signature of NBCC
SL. NO. DSR (A) 3.6
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY DSR
RATE (RS.) NS
Earthing with copper earth plate 600mm x 600mm x 3mm thick i/c. accessories & providing masonary enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. (but without charcoal or coke and salt) complete etc. as required. Extra for using salt and charcoal for GI or copper plate earth electrode as required Providing and fixing 25mm x5mm copper strips in 40mm dia GI pipe from earth electrode as required. Providing and fixing of following sizes copper strips on surface or in recess for connection etc. as required 25mm x 5mm Supply installation testing and commissioning of following capacity (BAJAJ/INALAHASA/RECOLD MAKE) MINIMUM 4 STAR RATING Geyser 35 Lit. TOTAL UPTO EARTHING
Set
3263.00
50 3.7 51 3.13 52 SR 53 a 3.17 NS 54 a Mtr 50 358.00 17900.00 Mtr 20 494.00 9880.00 Set 4 603.00 2412.00
Mtr
16
6934.31 43244.00
110948.91 110948.91
326
Signature of NBCC
Sl. MR/DSR NO. NO. PART-I: SILENT TYPE DG SET: (A) NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS: DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER: SILENT TYPE D.G. SET: 1 MR Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of factory assembled and tested, radiator cooled, Turbo charged, battery started, Silent Type Diesel Engine- Alternator set capable of generating power at full load of 250KVA/200KW (at site conditions) at 0.8 power factor, 415 Volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, AC, alongwith engine control panel as well as electrical control panel, sound proof acoustic enclosure, common base frame, foundation, standard fittings and accessories complete in all respects, broadly, comprising the following components: (A) i)
NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE NAME OF THE PROJECT : CONSTN. OF HOSTEL BLOCK AT SPA BHOPAL NAME OF THE WORK : DETAILED ESTIMATE FOR SILENT TYPE DG SET DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
Set
1173357.66
1173357.66
ii)
DIESEL ENGINE: Radiater water coolled, diesel engine capable of delivering suitable BHP at 1500 RPM under NTP conditions, vertical, totally enclosed, 24 volts DC electric start arrangement compression ignition, electronic governing system, silencers, 4 stroke- multi cylinder, design to run continuously conforming to IS-10002, BS-5514, ISO-3046 standards complete with all fittings & accessories comprising the following: Dry type air-filter, exhaust silencer, expansion bellow, Lub.oil filter, Lub.oil cooler, fuel filter, radiator with pusher type fan and mountings, air-to-air charge air cooler, flywheel with starter ring, SAE 1 flywheel housing and flywheel suitable for SAE 14 disc coupling for close coupling of single bearing alternator, exhaust gas turbo-charger, water seperator and mud filter, engine safety arrangements against low lub oil pressure, high water temperatur and engine over-speed, and other accessories as required. 24 Volts D.C. electrical start system complete with starting arrangement, sealed maintenance free (SMF) starting batteries of suitable capacity with leads, trickle/boost battery charger set with instruments & indication arrangements and other accessories. In line mono-block fuel injection pump with electronic governig system and fuel feed pump with accessories. ENGINE CONTROL PANEL - This control panel consists of ON/OFF START keys, Lub.oil pressure gauge, Coolent temperature gauge, D.C. Ammeter, D.C. Voltmeter, electronic Hour- meter etc. as required.
327 Signature of NBCC
iii)
iv) v)
Sl. MR/DSR DESCRIPTION UNIT NO. NO. vi) BASE FRAME - Common base frame of required size for mounting of Engine-Alternator set fabricated with MS channel as per manufacturer's recommendations and vibration damping arrangement with cushy foot mounting includings including painting etc. as required. vii) FOUNDATION- Providing and making C.C. (1:2:4) foundation including edge protection with painted MS angle 35x35x3mm and plastering etc. The foundation shall be suitable for installation of 160 KVA/128 KW diesel engine- alternator set, starting batteries and control panel etc. FUEL TANK & FUEL PIPE - Supplying and installation of welded steel day tank to hold a total quantity suitable for 12 hours operation, complete with fuel level indicator, inlet and outlet pipes with strainers, internal piping arrangement and finished painting etc. Supplying and laying B-class GI pipe of suitable size to serve as fuel pipe from fuel tank to engine including necessary clamps supports, valves and braided flexible connections etc as required. EXHAUST PIPE- Supplying and fixing of suitable size(as per manufacturer's recommendations) of MS pipe -C class for fume-exhaust with suitable suppolrting arangement, at suitable distance all along the full length from generator to 2m above the sub-station building including cutting, jointing, welding, mineral wool cladding and all other accessories like flanges, flexible coupling, bends, nuts and bolts, canopy and making masonary opening in the wall for exhaust pipe & finishing the same as required. COUPLING WITH COUPLING GUARDS - Providing 1 No. coupling as per manufacturer's recommendation to directly couple the engine with alternator. The coupling should have design to transmit power with minimum loses and absorbs jerks. First fill of fuel oil in the day tank, engine test certificate, engine maintenance manual with the list of spare parts. ALTERNATOR (BRUSHLESS): i) 3 Phase, 4 wire, star connected, 415V, 50 Hz, 1500 RPM, self regulated type suitable to generate 250KVA/200KW at 0.8 pf (lag). The insulation class of windings shall be H. The voltage regulation shall be in the range of +/- 1.0% from full load to No load and from Hot to cold and unity and 0.8 pf with 4% speed-regulation. Alternator should be suitable for being driven by the above engine at 1500 RPM and compatible with it. The alternator shall be in SPDP enclosure & shall be of rotating field type (brushless), synchronous, self excited, self -regulated, floor mounted with single bearing design, complete with all fittings & asseccories. The alternator shall confirm 328 to IS 4722/BS-2613 and should be suitable for tropical conditions.
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi) (B)
Signature of NBCC
Sl. MR/DSR DESCRIPTION UNIT NO. NO. ( C) AUTOMATIC MAIN FAILURE (AMF) PANEL: i) Cubicle, compartmentalised, AMF panel board capable of withstanding fault level of 50KA. The panel shall be indoor type, dust & vermin proof, free floor standing, metal clad, powder coated having degree of protection not less than IP-42 & fabricated out of 2mm thick CRCA sheet with necessary electrolytic alum. bus bar, connections, inter-connections, internal wiring, gland plates, ON/OFF indication lamps, top/bottom entry of incoming and outgoing cables from rear of the panel as per site requirement, painting, earthing, sign writing, numbering, complete with foundation channeel of 100x50x6mm etc. for trouble free smooth functioning of 250KVA/200KW, DG set so as to receive and terminate 2 incomers of 3.5x240 Sqmm armoured PVC insulated & sheathed aluminium conductor cables from LT main panel (Normal) & alternator control panel respectively and provide the provision of 1 No. outgoing cable of the same size to the Essential panel. L.T. CABLES: Supply of 1.1 KV grade PVC insulated PVC sheathed PVC aluminium conductor armoured cable conforming to IS:1554 Part-I of the following sizes (Shop drawing of cable layout to be got aproved by the Engineer-InCharge prior to purchase). 3.5 C x 240 Sqmm MR Supply & laying of following sizes of hume pipes for road crossing, paved areas etc. including collars and misc. jointing accessories, digging the trench, back filling etc. complete in all respects. 100mm dia TOTAL FOR NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS SCHEDULE ITEMS: Laying of one number additional PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of size exceeding 120 sqmm but not exceeding 400 sqmm direct in ground in the same trench in one tier horizontal formation including excavation, sand cushioning, protective covering and refilling the trench etc. as required. Laying of one No. PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of size exceeding 25 Sqmm but not exceeding 400 sqmm in the existing RCC/HumeStoneware/Metal pipe as required. Laying of one No. PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of size exceeding 25 Sqmm but not exceeding 400 Sqmm in the existing masonry open duct as required.
329
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
MR
a) 3
Mtr
150
1520.44
228065.69
a) B) 4 1.6
Mtr
50
167.88 (A) 63.00
8394.16 1409817.52 3150.00
Mtr
50
1.8
Mtr
60
21.00
1260.00
1.10
Mtr
40
17.00
680.00
Signature of NBCC
Sl. MR/DSR DESCRIPTION UNIT NO. NO. 7 3.3 (Ext) Supplying & fixing cable route marker with 10cm x 10cm x 5 mm thick GI Each plate with inscription thereon, bolted/welded to 35mm x 35mm x 6mm angle iron, 60cm long and fixing the same in ground as required. 9 4.1 Supplying & making end termination with brass compression glands and aluminum lugs for following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed/XLPE aluminium contractor cable of 1.1KV grade as required. 3.5C x 240 Sqmm Set
QTY 10
RATE (RS.) 157.00
AMOUNT (RS.) 1570.00
c) 9
4.1.29 2.71
8 2
381.00 68.00
3048.00 136.00
10
3.6
11 12 13 14
3.7 3.14 3.17 5.4
Providing & fixing MV Danger Notice plate of 200mm x 150mm, made of Each mild steel, atleast 2mm thick, and vitreous enamelled white on both sides, and with inscription in signal RED colour on front side as required. Earthing with copper earth plate 600mm x 600mm x 3mm thick i/c. Set accessories, and providing masonary enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. (but without charcoal or coke and salt) etc. as required. Extra for using salt and charcoal for GI or copper plate earth electrode as Set required Providing and fixing 25mm x5mm copper strips in 40mm dia GI pipe from earth electrode, as required. Providing and fixing 25mm x 5mm copper strips on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required Supply and making cable end termination with heat shrinkable jointing kit complete with all accessories including lugs suitable for the size of 3 core 240 Sqmm size XLPE aluminium conductor power cable of 11 KV grade as required. Indoor type Supply and making cable end termination with heat shrinkable jointing kit complete with all accessories including lugs suitable for the size of 3 core 240 Sqmm size XLPE aluminium conductor power cable of 11 KV grade as required. Outdoor type TOTAL FOR SCHEDULE ITEMS Each Mtr Mtr Mtr
3263.00
13052.00
4 30 40
603.00 494.00 358.00
2412.00 14820.00 14320.00
a) 15
5.4.3 5.5
Each
3390.00
6780.00
b)
5.5.3
4470.00 (B)
4470.00 65698.00
330
Signature of NBCC
NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED CONSULTANCY DIVISION NAME OF THE PROJECT: CONSTN. OF DEVELOPMENT WORK FOR SPA AT BHOPAL NAME OF THE WORK : DETAILED COST ESTIMATE FOR STREET LIGHTING SL. NO. (A) 1 DSR NO. DESCRIPTION NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS: Supply & erection of the following 7.5 mtr. long steel tubular swaged 410 SP-8 street light pole alongwith MS base plate 300x300x5mm, 16mm dia x 50mm earthing stud, 25mm dia drilled hole including extra 1.5m long 88.9mm dia steel bend on the top of the pole with 50mm dia welded nipple piece suitable to adopt 150W HPSV street light fitting conforming to IS:2713 (Part-II), 1980 including cement concrete foundation 1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand: 6 graded stone aggr. 40mm nominal size) with cement concrete collar of size 0.40m dia x 0.5m height alongwith excavation, refilling and painting etc. complete as per drawing as required.
UNIT QTY. RATE (Rs.) AMOUNT (Rs.)
MR
(a.)
2 MR
Single armed pole Supplying & erection of 65mm dia, Class-B GI pipe, 5 mtr. Long alogwith MS box plate 300mm x 300mm x 5mm, reduce/nipple etc. complete including cement concrete foundation 1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand: 6 graded stone aggr. 40mm nominal size) with cement concrete collar of size 0.40m dia x 0.5m height alongwith excavation, refilling and painting etc. complete as per drawing as required. Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of 150W HSVP street linght fitting with die cast alum. housing, optics reflector and heat resistant toughned flatglass cover and lamp as per Philips Cat. no. SGP 325/SON-T 150 GLA 1 X SON-T 150 W or similar specifications of other approved make with all accessories complete as required.(for street light ploes)
Each
Each
8
10
7080.29 3284.67
56642.34 32846.72
MR
Each
4592.70
36741.61
331
SL. NO.
4
DSR NO.
MR
DESCRIPTION Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 70W SON-T street light luminaire as per Philips Cat. No. SPC 101SON 70W E or equivalent make with all accessories including wiring with 2 x 2.5 Sqmm alongwith PVC insulated single core copper conductor cable from pole box to the light fitting complete as required. (For street light pole). Providing & fixing GI pipe of 32mm dia for cable entry including fixing alongwith pole/ground with clamp in concrete/ground etc. complete as required.
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (Rs.)
AMOUNT (Rs.)
Each
10
3430.66
34306.57
MR
Mtr
60
160.58
9635.04
332
SL. NO. 6
DSR NO. MR
DESCRIPTION Farbrication, supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of weather proof box made out of hot moulded SMC sheet of size 333mm x 233mm x 120mm complete with 4 Nos. electrolytic aluminium bus-bar of 63 Amps. with porcelain base and suitable din bar including supplying and fixing one No. 16 A SPMCB complete with connections & inter-connections etc. as required (SINTAX Make). Supplying & laying in ground or on surface or in existing pipe as per CPWD specifications of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed armoured aluminium conductor cable of 1.1 KV grade conforming to IS:1554(Part1)of the following size. 4.0C X 10 sqmm
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (Rs.)
AMOUNT (Rs.)
Each
18
729.93
13138.69
MR
(a) 8 MR
Mtr Set
360 1
154.74 24087.591
55708.03 24087.59
Farbrication, supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of outdoor type street light distribution feeder piller suitable for operation on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 phase, 4wire, AC system, fabricated with 14 SWG thick CRCA sheet with necessary electorlytic aluminium bus bar, connectios, interconnections, internal wiring, gland plates, bottom entry of incoming & outgoing cables as per site requirement, poweder coating, earthig, sign writing etc. complete as required and soprising the following switchgear components and accessories: INCOMER: 1 No.63Amps., 415V, 4-pole MCCB, 16 KA (Thermomagnetic type), Ics=Icu =100%
333
SL. NO.
DSR NO. BUS-BAR:
DESCRIPTION
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (Rs.)
AMOUNT (Rs.)
4 strips, 100Amps. Capacity electrolytic aluminium bus-bar covered with colour coded sleeves. OUTGOING: 3 Nos., 32Amps., 415V, TP MCB 9 MR Supplying and making end termination with brass compression glands and aluminium lugs PVCA conductor cable ( Armoured) 1.1 KV grade of the following sizes as required. 4.0C x 10 Sqmm TOTAL FOR NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS ( Street Lighting) Set 18 (A) 197.08029 RS. 3547.45 266654.01
a)
334
SL. NO. (B) 10
DSR NO.
DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE ITEMS: Supplying & drawing of following sizes of PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable in the existing surface/recess PVC/ steel conduit as required.(For wiring of light fitting from junction box) 3 x 2.5 sqmm (1 Phase+1Neutral+1Earth) Earthing with GI earth pipe 4.5m long x 40mm dia including accessories & providing masonary enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. (but without charcoal or coke and salt) complete etc. as required. Extra for using salt and charcoal for GI pipe earth electrode as required Providing & fixing earth connections from earth electrode with 6 SWG GI wire in 15mm dia GI pipe from earth electrode as required. Providing & fixing 6 SWG dia GI wire on surface/inrecess for loop earthing alongwith the existing surface/recess conduit submain wiring/ cable as required. TOTAL FOR SCHEDULE ITEMS
UNIT
QTY.
RATE (Rs.)
AMOUNT (Rs.)
1.17
(a) 11
1.17.12 3.2
Mtr Set
150 3
32.00 1971.00
4800.00 5913.00
12 a)
3.3 3.15
Set Mtr
3 20
1063.00 86.00
3189.00 1720.00
13
3.21
Mtr
720
11.00
7920.00
(B)
RS.
23542.00
335
NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LTD. COUNSULTANCY DIVISION NAME OF THE PROJECT : CONSTN. OF HOSTEL BLOCK AT SPA BHOPAL NAME OF THE WORK: DETAILED COST ESTIMATE OF PASSENGERS LIFTS S.NO. DESCRIPTION NON SCHEDULE ITEMS 1 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of 13 passengers (884 kg.) lifts having contract speed of 1 MPS serving different floors in the lift shaft as per detailed specifications enclosed and as under: Location of lifts: SPA BHOPAL i) Speed: 1.0 mtr. Per second ii) Floor : Ground floor to 3rd floor ii) Travel : 12 mtrs. (approx.) iv) Stops & opening: 4 stops & 4 openings v) Controller: AC variable voltage & variable frequency. vi) Automatic rescue device complete with dry maintenance free batteries as required. vii) Operation: Microprocessor based simplex selective collective with/without attendant viii) Power: 415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4 wires system ix) Type of doors: a) Car: Power operated, centre opening, horizontal sliding stainless steel scratch proof (moon rock finish) b) Landing doors: MS doors finished with spray painting of approved shade. c) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 900mm above floor level to be fixed adjacent to control panel in the lift car. d) Voice announcement system in the car to anounce the position of the elevator in the SET hoistway as the car passes or stops at a floor served by the elevator. UNIT QTY RATE (RS.) AMOUNT (RS.)
1448905.109 TOTAL
1448905.11 1448905.11
336
Signature of NBCC
NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORA TION LIMITED ( A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE) CONSULTANCY DIVISION NAME OF PROJECT: CONSTN. OF BOYS HOSTLE FOR SPA BHOPAL NAME OF THE WORK : TENTATIVE COST ESTIMATE OF FIRE FIGHTING WORK SPA BHOPAL ABSTRACT OF COST S.NO. DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED COST ESTIMATED COST AS PER MARKET AS PER DSR, 2007 AS PER DSR, 2007 RATE (CIVIL WORK) (ELECT. WORK) 0.00 0 681464.24
(A)
FIRE FIGHTING (PLUMBING)
337
Signature of NBCC
NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED

4:10 PM11/15/2012
NAME OF PROJECT: CONSTN. OF BOYS HOSTLE FOR SPA BHOPAL NAME OF THE WORK : TENTATIVE COST ESTIMATE OF FIRE FIGHTING WORK SPA BHOPAL
S.NO. NS/DSR NO. A) a) 1 MR
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
FIRE FITHTING ITEMS (PLUMBING) NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS: Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of electric motor driven type automatic pressurisation, pump set suitable for automatic operation of terrace down comer system and consisting of the following (as per CPWD specifications Part V-1985) for fire fighting and its amendments). Fire pump with stainless steel impeller shall be horizontal end suction centrifuggaly type having a capacity of 900 LPM against a total head of 60m so as to ensure a minimum pressure of 3.0 kg/sqm at the highest and farthest out let at the specified flow complete with necessary provision for pressure gauge on the delivery side including bypass arrangement for periodic testing of the working of the pumping set as required. The pump shall be provided with mechanical seals.(The characteristics curves, model details are to be submitted for approal before purchase of the pumps) Squirrel cage AC induction motor suitable for operation of 415V, +/- 10%, 3 phase 50 HZ, AC supply and of minimum 7.5 HP for the above pump with flexible coupling as per specification and conforming to IS 325-1978 and shall be TEFC type only. Common base plate fabricated from mild steel channel or castiron type Suitable cement concrete pump foundation with vibration damping arrangement with cushy foot mounting as required Electric auto manual Panal MR Providing, fixing jointing and testing of heavy class GI pipe as per relevant IS:1239/3589 with special accessories like tees, elbows, flanges, flanged joints, rubber insertion nuts and bolts or welded joint with flange joints on bends two length of straight pipe including fixing the pipe with suitable flat iron strip clamps brackets structural members dash fastner, civil breakage making good the same etc painting with a primer coat & two coats of postal red enamel paint etc complete as per standard design and drawings (above ground) 150mm dia GI Pipe with flange jointd 100mm dia GI Pipe with flange jointd 25 mm dia GI pipe Job 1 40145.9854 40145.99
set
100766.6241
201533.25
a)
b)
c) d) 2 3
A) b) c
Mtr Mtr Mtr
6 102 40
1417.394161 944.2481752 197.9763139
8504.36 96313.31 7919.05
338
S.NO. NS/DSR NO.

4:10 PM21/15/2012
DESCRIPTION OF ITEM
UNIT
QTY
RATE (RS.)
AMOUNT (RS.)
MR
Providing and fixing first aid hose reel full swinging type with 40 m long, 20 mm dia rubber, lined high pressure pipe with shut off gun metal nozzle of 5 mm dia. The hose reel confirming to IS 884-1969 and hose tubing to IS:1532 complete as required, including 25 mm dia GI pipe connection from riser to hose reel with all socket, nipple, elbows and 25 mm dia gun metal full way valve as required. Providing and fixing the two way fire brigade connection housed in steel. Cabinet fabricated from 2.0 mm thick steel sheet having locable arrangement, openable glazed door, including painting a coat of primer and two coats of postal red enamel, necessary supports for the cabinet etc with 150 mm dia non return, and butter fly valve complete in all respects. Providing and fixing set of "Siamese" two way instaneous fire brigade inlet connections comprising of two gunmetal instantaneous male inlet coupling 63 mm dia with plug cap chain, bend, tees etc for inlet to the static tank. Providing and fixing fire hose cabinet two third glazed door shutter and frame with hold fasts frame fabricated from 40x40x5mm and shutter from 35x35x5mm MS angle, 2000 mm high 1200 mm wide with locking arrangement, 4 mm thick glass with 1.6mm MS sheet with flats including all accessories, painting with one coat of steel primer and two coats of postel red enamel paint. (The words "Hose Cabinet" to be printed on the box). Supplying and installing cylindrical type air versel of 450 mm dia 2 m height fabricated for out of 10 mm thick MS plate suitable for 7 kg/cm2 working pressure complete with 25 mm air release valve, safety valve, pressure gauge etc as required. The air vesel shall be continuous welded construction and painted with two coats of postal red enamel outside over a coat of primer and epoxy paint inside.
Each
16
5565.036496
89040.58
MR
Each
12165.36496
12165.36
MR
Each
7243.79562
7243.80
MR
Each
16
9350.218978
149603.50
MR
Each
7322.817518
29291.27
9 10 11 a) 12 a) 13
MR MR MR
Providing and fixing 0-20 kg pressure gauge of 150 mm dia. Providing and fixing fire man axe as required complete in all respects. Providing and fixing gun metal non return valve of approved quality. 100 mm dia (horizontal)
Each Each
16 16
460.5547445 431.7737226
7368.88 6908.38
Each
2014.927007
4029.85
MR
Providing and fixing Butterfly valve of approved quality. 100 mm dia (horizontal) Each 2 3981.883212 7963.77
MR
Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of approved quallity. High or low pressure, with plastic floats complete.
25mm dia TOTAL FOR NON-SCHEDULE ITEMS (PHE): Each
339
a)
16
839.5547445
13432.88 681464.24
NAME OF THE PROJECT: CONSTN. OF PROPOSED BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL SUBJECT: COST ESTIMATE OF BOYS HOSTEL AT SPA BHOPAL SOLAR SYSTEM NON SCHEDULE ITEMS Sl. No 1 Description
Supplying and Installation of GI B Class Piping (Jindal, Surya or equivalent) with accessories on surface of wall / roof duly insulated with 9mm thick Nitrile Sleeve insulation & cladding with aluminium sheet (28 SWG) to be connected with Solar Water Heating System for Hot Water distribution
Unit
Qty
Rate
Amt (Rs.)
i ii iii iv 2
15mm NB 20mm NB 25mmNB 32mm NB Supplying and fixing of GI B-class Piping with accessories, on surface / recess on wall / roof, etc, as required for input of Cold water to Overhead Tanks & Solar hot water tanks. 15mm NB 20mm NB 25mmNB 32mm NB Supply, designing & fabrication of MS Angle structure for cold water Tank head (1000L for Hostel & Kitchen, 500L for warden Block) Size 40 x 40 x 5 mm C Channel 40 x 75 Supply & Installation of PVC Tank (Sintex, Sheetal, Kuber or equivalent) Capacity: 1000 L (Hostel & Kitchen) Capacity: 500 L (Warden Block) Supplying and installation of ISI marked SS bib cocks suitable for 15mm dia G.I. Piping including cutting, threading as reqd. 15mm NB
340
RMT RMT RMT RMT
520 580 760 1150
109.49 36.50 109.49 43.80
56,934.31 21,167.88 83,211.68 50,364.96
i ii iii iv 3
RMT RMT RMT RMT
350 390 480 790
36.50 29.20 182.48 36.50
12,773.72 11,386.86 87,591.24 28,832.12
i ii 4 i ii 5
Kg Kg
130 150
4744.53 145.99
616,788.32 21,897.81
Each Each
10,000 5,500
8.03 0.73
80,291.97 4,014.60
each
650
29.20
18,978.10
Signature of NBCC
Sl. No 6
Description
Unit
Qty
Rate
Amt (Rs.)
i ii iii iv 7
i ii 8 i
1
Supplying and installation of ISI marked Ball Valves on existing G.I. Piping including cutting, threading as reqd. 15mm NB each 20mm NB each 25mmNB each 32mm NB each Supplying and installation of ISI marked Check Valves on existing G.I. Piping including cutting, threading as reqd. 15mm NB each 25mm NB each Supplying and installation of ISI marked Float Valves for PVC Tank. 25mm NB each Solar Water Heating system 1000 LPD Supply of Solar Water Heating System of 1000 LPD Nos with Heat Exchanger rated capacity in Liters per day (LPD) 1000 Min. Aperture area of collectors (sq. Mtrs) 20, Electric Heater Backup (KW) 9, capacity of Makeup tank (Liters) 10 (As per DGS&D specs) Solar Water Heating system 500 LPD Nos Supply of Solar Water Heating System of 500 LPD with Heat Exchanger rated capacity in Liters per day (LPD) 500 Min. Aperture area of collectors (sq. Mtrs) 10, Electric Heater Backup (KW) 6, capacity of Make-up tank (Liters) 5 (as per DGS&D specs) TOTAL
750 870 925 1420
10.95 3.65 25.55 4.38
8,211.68 3,175.18 23,631.39 6,218.98
900 1550
2.19 2.19
1,970.80 3,394.16
870
195825
8.76 8.03
7,620.44 1,572,317.52
92,069.00
0.73
67,203.65
2,787,977.37
341
Signature of NBCC

Construction of Boys Hostel for SPA Bhopal

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Construction of Boys Hostel for SPA Bhopal

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

1

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

(NIT NO-NBCC/SBG (PW)/SPA (Bhopal)/17)

ISSUED TO : M/s ...

Seal & Signature of Contractor 2 Seal & Signature of NBCC

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

NATIONAL BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED (A GOVT. OF INDIA ENTERPRISE)

5 6 8 9 89 205 237 260 261 262-301 302-341

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

NOTICE INVITING TENDER

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

National Buildings Construction Corporation Limited (A Govt. of India Enterprise)

NBCC Place, Bhisham Pitamah Marg, Pragati Vihar New Delhi

NIT NO-NBCC/SBG (PW)/SPA (Bhopal)/17

Sale of Tender up to 5:00 PM

Time & date of submission of tender

Time & date of opening of tenders

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

Values/Description to be applicable for relevant clause(s)

Type of Tender Earnest Money Deposit NIT

R 28.88 Lacs (Rupees Twenty Eighty Lacs Eighty Eight

R 1444.00Lacs (Rupees One Thousands Four

Time for completion of work

Mobilization Advance Interest Rate on Mobilization Advance Schedule of Rates applicable

___% (____Percent) of Contract Value.

Validity of Tender Performance Guarantee

Security Deposit/Retention Money

Time allowed for starting the work

Defect Liability Period

12(Twelve) Months from the date of taking over of works.

Recovery rate of work force supplied by NBCC to Contractor

R 12,500/- (Rupees Twelve Thousand Five

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

Dated the______________day of_______________ SIGNATURE OF TENDERER

NAME (CAPITAL LETTERS) :_______________________

SEAL OF TENDERER SIGNATURE OF WITNESS NAME (CAPITAL LETTERS):_______________________

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS

CURTAIN WALL GLAZING

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

1.1.1.1 1.12.1 1.1.2.1.

Execution of work Performance Testing General Requirements

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

Seal & Signature of Contractor

Seal & Signature of NBCC

_% (__Percent) of Contract Value.

Dated theday of_ SIGNATURE OF TENDERER